Index
'
| ' command [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
-
| - command - command (Proc) |
!
| ! |
| command ! Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), ! ~ ` - Change Case (Screen Editor), Local Mode (REMLOG), SYS (TCL) |
| connective Throwaway Connectives (English), Item Lists (English) |
| operator Logical Expressions (DataBasic) |
| select buffer reference Select Registers (PQN) (Proc) |
| select register reference Buffer Referencing (PQN) (Proc) |
| statement REM Statement (DataBasic), Program Elements (DataBasic) |
#
| # |
| command # - Column Ruler (Screen Editor) |
| output buffer reference Input/Output Buffers (Proc), Buffer Referencing (PQN) (Proc) |
| #AUTOINCLUDE item Including Common Code (DataBasic) |
| #REALHTTP.USER.DEFS #REALHTTP.USER.DEFS include file (DataBasic) |
| #RW.INCLUDE.DEFS Writing a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
$
| $ command $ - Print Item (Screen Editor), $ command (DataBasic debugger) |
| $ operator, F conversion code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| $<.FORMAT environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| $CHAIN statement $CHAIN Statement (DataBasic), BLIST command (DataBasic) |
| $DEFINE statement $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| $HOME/.rhosts file User Equivalence (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| $IFDEF statement $IFDEF Statement (DataBasic) |
| $IFNDEF statement $IFNDEF Statement (DataBasic) |
| $INCLUDE statement INCLUDE Statement (DataBasic) |
| $OPTIONS statement $OPTIONS Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), $OPTIONS Statement (DataBasic) |
| $UNDEFINE statement $UNDEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
%
| % input buffer reference Buffer Referencing (PQN) (Proc) |
| %Admin special method (DataBasic Objects) %Admin special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Array special method (DataBasic Objects) %Array special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Connect special method (DataBasic Objects) %Connect special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Decode special method (DataBasic Objects) %Encode special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Encode special method (DataBasic Objects) %Encode special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Enum special method (DataBasic Objects) %Enum special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %FULL command %FULL command |
| %GetError special method %GetError special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %GetErrorNum special method %GetErrorNum special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Import special method %Import special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Is special method %Is special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Keys special method (DataBasic Objects) %Enum special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Length special method %Length special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %New special method (DataBasic Objects) %New special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Null special method %Null special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %ObjMgr special method (DataBasic Objects) %ObjMgr special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Set special method %Set special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Static special method %Static special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Template special method %Template special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %This special method %This special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %ToJSON special method (DataBasic Objects) %ToJSON special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %ToMV special method (DataBasic Objects) %ToMV special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %ToXML special method (DataBasic Objects) %ToXML special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Type special method %Type special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %TypeOf special method (DataBasic Objects) %TypeOf special method (DataBasic Objects) |
&
| & |
| command & - Time and Date (Screen Editor) |
| connective Item Lists (English) |
| file buffer reference Buffer Referencing (PQN) (Proc) |
| operator Logical Expressions (DataBasic) |
(
| ( ) command ( ) command (Proc) |
*
| * |
| command * - Prestore Record (Screen Editor), C command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| concatenation MV command (Proc) |
| copying series MV command (Proc) |
| operator Proc Tips (Proc) |
| statement REM Statement (DataBasic), Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| *= assignment operator Assignment Operators (DataBasic) |
.
| . command . - Page Forward (Screen Editor), . (Dot - TCL Stacker Recall Command) (TCL) |
| .profile Starting Reality Automatically (Host) |
| .realityrc Starting Reality Automatically (Host) |
| .remlog file Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| .rhosts file Network Security Features (Networking), User Equivalence (UNIX-Connect Administration), Remote Administration of a FailSafe Secondary (Resilience) |
| .sftrc file File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
/
| / command / command (DataBasic debugger), / Command (Editor) |
| /= assignment operator Assignment Operators (DataBasic) |
| /etc/hosts entry Troubleshooting (SQL) |
| /etc/hosts file Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/hosts.equiv file User Equivalence (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/inetd.conf file Location-based Security (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/init.d/rcs file Changing the Session Manager Parameters (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), Session Manager (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/PLIDHOSTS-FILE User Equivalence (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/ROUTE-FILE UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), Troubleshooting (SQL), npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /usr/adm/RCS/NPU_ERROR_LOG file npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /usr/RCS/bin/netadmin UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
:
| : |
| command : - Truncate Line (Screen Editor) |
| concatenation operator String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| := assignment operator Assignment Operators (DataBasic) |
?
| ? command ? - Help (Screen Editor), ? command (DataBasic debugger), ? (Editor) |
| ?? command ?? (Editor) |
| ?I command ?I (Editor) |
| ?L command ?L (Editor) |
| ?M command ?M command (DataBasic debugger) |
| ?P command PD (Prestore Display) (Editor), ?P (Editor) |
| ?R command ?R (Editor) |
| ?S command ?S (Editor) |
@
| @ See also Predefined symbols |
| @ command @ command (DataBasic debugger) |
| @ compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| @ function PRINT Statement (DataBasic), @ Function (DataBasic), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English), @ function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| @ operator F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| @Element pseudo-field (DataBasic Objects) How to use .NET Objects in DataBasic, Object Data, Calling Object Methods |
| @Value special field name (DataBasic Objects) How to use .NET Objects in DataBasic, %New special method (DataBasic Objects) |
[
| [ (left ignore characters) Item Lists (English) |
| [ command [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| [] command [ ] command (Proc), RTN command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
]
| ] (right ignore/wild string character) Item Lists (English) |
^
| ^ |
| command ^ Command (Editor), Search Strings (Editor) |
| operator Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic), PWR Function (DataBasic) |
`
| ` command ! ~ ` - Change Case (Screen Editor) |
~
| ~ command ! ~ ` - Change Case (Screen Editor) |
£
| £ command $ - Print Item (Screen Editor), $ command (DataBasic debugger) |
+
| + command + command (Proc), + - Highlight Line (Screen Editor) |
| += assignment operator Assignment Operators (DataBasic) |
<
| < |
| carriage return Input/Output Buffers (Proc), STON command (Proc) |
| command < - Unformat (Screen Editor) |
| << stack continuation Input/Output Buffers (Proc), STON command (Proc) |
| <30002> Open of partition failed Common User Problems and Solutions |
| <30020> Database needs checking Common User Problems and Solutions |
| <49004> logons inhibited Common User Problems and Solutions |
| <49017> Too many connections Common User Problems and Solutions |
| <B> HTML tag RWS_BOLD (RealWeb) |
| <BLOCKQUOTE> HTML tag RWS_BLOCKQUOTE (RealWeb) |
| <CAPTION> HTML tag RWS_TABLE_CAPTION (RealWeb) |
| <CENTER> HTML tag RW_CENTER_ON, RW_CENTRE_ON (RealWeb), RWS_CENTER, RWS_CENTRE (RealWeb), RW_CENTER_OFF, RW_CENTRE_OFF (RealWeb) |
| <COLGROUP> HTML tag RWA_TABLE_COLGROUP (RealWeb) |
| <DD> HTML tag RWS_DLIST_DEF (RealWeb) |
| <DEL> HTML tag RWS_ED_DELETE (RealWeb) |
| <DIV> HTML tag RW_START_DIV (RealWeb), RWS_DIV (RealWeb) |
| <DL> HTML tag RWA_MAKE_DLIST (RealWeb), RWS_DLIST (RealWeb), RW_MAKE_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| <DT> HTML tag RWS_DLIST_TERM (RealWeb) |
| <FONT> HTML tag RWS_FONT (RealWeb) |
| <FRAME> HTML tag RW_FRAME (RealWeb) |
| <FRAMESET> HTML tag RW_START_FRAMESET (RealWeb) |
| <H> HTML tag RWS_HEADING (RealWeb) |
| <I> HTML tag RWS_ITALIC (RealWeb) |
| <IFRAME> HTML tag RW_IFRAME (RealWeb) |
| <INPUT> HTML tag RW_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb) |
| <INS> HTML tag RWS_ED_INSERT (RealWeb) |
| <LI> HTML tag RWS_LIST_ITEM (RealWeb), RW_START_LIST_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| <MULTICOL> HTML tag RWS_MULTICOL (Netscape Specific) (RealWeb) |
| <NOFRAMES> HTML tag RWS_NOFRAME (RealWeb) |
| <OL> HTML tag RW_START_OLIST (RealWeb), RW_MAKE_OLIST (RealWeb), RWS_OLIST (RealWeb), RWA_MAKE_OLIST (RealWeb) |
| <P> HTML tag RWS_PARA (RealWeb), RW_START_PARA (RealWeb), RW_ALIGN (RealWeb) |
| <PRE> HTML tag RW_FIXED_OFF (RealWeb), RW_FIXED_ON (RealWeb), RWS_FIXED (RealWeb) |
| <STYLE> HTML tag RWS_STYLE (RealWeb) |
| <TABLE> HTML tag RWS_TABLE (RealWeb), RWS_MULTICOL2 (RealWeb) |
| <TBODY> HTML tag RWS_TABLE_BODY (RealWeb) |
| <TD> HTML tag RWS_TABLE_DATA (RealWeb) |
| <TFOOT> HTML tag RWS_TABLE_FOOT (RealWeb) |
| <TH> HTML tag RWS_TABLE_HEADER (RealWeb) |
| <THEAD> HTML tag RWS_TABLE_HEAD (RealWeb) |
| <TR> HTML tag RWS_TABLE_ROW (RealWeb) |
| <TT> HTML tag RWS_MONO (RealWeb) |
| <UL> HTML tag RWS_ULIST (RealWeb), RW_START_ULIST (RealWeb), RW_MAKE_ULIST (RealWeb), RWA_MAKE_ULIST (RealWeb) |
-
| -= assignment operator Assignment Operators (DataBasic) |
=
| = command = - Toggle Search Case-sensitivity (Editor), = - Toggle Search Case-sensitivity (Screen Editor) |
-
| -> operator Object Operators |
#
| 0 command 0 - Page Back (Screen Editor) |
#
| 2 command Return (Screen Editor) |
#
| 2DIGIT.DATE environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
#
| 4 command Backspace (Screen Editor) |
#
| 6 command Space (Screen Editor) |
#
| 7 command 7 - Word Back (Screen Editor) |
#
| 8 command 8 - Line Up (Screen Editor) |
#
| 9 command 9 - Word Forward (Screen Editor) |
#
| 50BB.FORMAT compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
A
| A command A - Locate Again (Screen Editor), A - Again (Editor), A command (DataBasic debugger), A command (Proc), STON command (Proc) |
| A connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| A conversion code A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| @ function A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| attribute name operand A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| attribute number operand A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| conditional function A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| examples A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| format codes A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| format summary A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| IF statement A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| integer function A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| operand literals A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| operand summary A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| operators A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| remainder function A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| special functions A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| substring function A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| summation function A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| system parameters A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| A/AMC attribute Data Definition Item (English) |
| = 0 Data Definition Item (English) |
| = 9998 Data Definition Item (English) |
| = 9999 Data Definition Item (English) |
| Abbreviations See Glossary |
| ABORT statement ABORT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Aborts |
| process Serious Problems |
| ABS function ABS Function (DataBasic) |
| ABSS function ABSS Function (DataBasic) |
| ACC file Account Definition Item, Synonym Account Definition Item, Remote Account Definition Item, SYSFILES Account, Reporting System Usage |
| account set up CREATE-ACCOUNT, CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| maintenance Maintaining ACC File |
| ACCEPT statement ACCEPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| ACCESS compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| ACCESS function ACCESS Function (DataBasic), How to Write an Embedded Basic Subroutine (DataBasic) |
| ACCESS statement ACCESS Statement (DataBasic) |
| Accessing indexes Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| Account Connection Parameters (RealWeb), Introduction to Accounts, Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| accessible SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| backing up Account Definition Item |
| catalogs, multiple Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL) |
| creating See Account creation |
| default SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary), Entering and Operating in a Reality Database |
| definition item Glossary (Glossary), Account Definition Item, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys |
| deleting DELETE-ACCOUNT command |
| DX Account Definition Item, Notes on Save and Restore, M-A-S, F-S, ACCOUNT-SAVE |
| DY Account Definition Item |
| excluding from FILE-SAVE Notes on Save and Restore |
| history file See ACC file |
| inaccessible SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| logon control program Environment Settings (SSM), Logon Processor |
| LOGTO LOGTO (TCL) |
| Master Dictionary Introduction to Accounts |
| name CREATE-ACCOUNT, CREATE-ACCOUNT, Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration), File Structure |
| password Security |
| related commands Database Account Management |
| remote CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| renaming Introduction to Accounts |
| restoring Restore Procedures, ACCOUNT-RESTORE command |
| saving Account Definition Item, M-A-S, ACCOUNT-SAVE |
| security Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys |
| setup Setting-up the Host System (SQL) |
| set-up features SETUP-ACCOUNT |
| sharing Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys |
| statistics ACCOUNT-FILE-STATS command, ALL-FILE-STATS command |
| synonym (Q-pointer) CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| synonym definition item Glossary (Glossary), Synonym Account Definition Item, Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys |
| system System Accounts |
| Account creation Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| local CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| NEWAC file SYSFILES Account |
| remote CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| synonym CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| ACCOUNT.LOGON environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Account-based security |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| ACCOUNT-FILE-STATS command ACCOUNT-FILE-STATS command |
| ACCOUNT-RESTORE command MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue), Overview of Save and Restore, ACCOUNT-RESTORE command |
| ACCOUNT-SAVE command Overview of Save and Restore, File Statistics Reports, ACCOUNT-SAVE |
| tape content ACCOUNT-SAVE |
| ACI Glossary (Glossary), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Acrobat files |
| viewing How to use the Online Documentation |
| Active input buffer Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| Active list SELECT, SELECTE Statements (DataBasic), List Processing Commands (English) |
| detection IF S command (Proc) |
| Active output buffer Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| ADDD command ADDD (TCL) |
| Adding |
| items to a list RWS_LIST_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| network printer Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| new row to table INSERT Statement (SQL) |
| Reality printer Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ROUTE FILE entry Adding a ROUTE-FILE Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| space to a database Common User Problems and Solutions |
| USERS-FILE entry USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Addition ADDD (TCL), Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic), F; command (Proc), ADDX (TCL), F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English), ADDS Function (DataBasic) |
| Address |
| IP PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide) |
| Address, IP PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| ADDS function ADDS Function (DataBasic) |
| ADDX command ADDX (TCL) |
| Adjacent lines |
| combining Combining Adjacent Lines (Screen Editor) |
| AE conversion code A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| AFI Glossary (Glossary), NSAP Format Options (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| AFS See Automatic file sizing |
| AFS file Glossary (Glossary) |
| AFS-CLEAR command Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management), AFS-CLEAR command (TCL) |
| AFS-CONTRACT command AFS-CONTRACT command, Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| AFS-ENABLE command AFS-ENABLE command, Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| AFS-EXPAND command AFS-EXPAND command, Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| AFS-HOLD command Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management), AFS-HOLD command |
| AFS-SELECT command AFS-SELECT command, Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| AFS-SET command AFS-SET command (TCL), Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| AFS-TRIM command Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management), AFS-TRIM command |
| After images Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| ALERT command ALERT command |
| Alerts realevent, ALERT command, System Alerts |
| bounds realevent |
| configuration parameters realevent |
| email realevent |
| event configuration realevent |
| example realevent |
| filter configuration realevent |
| generating realevent, ALERT command |
| notification method realevent |
| recipient realevent |
| service events realevent |
| SMS template realevent |
| system events realevent |
| text messaging realevent |
| web page realevent |
| Aliases PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| Alignment RW_CENTER_ON, RW_CENTRE_ON (RealWeb), RWS_CENTER, RWS_CENTRE (RealWeb), RW_CENTER_OFF, RW_CENTRE_OFF (RealWeb), RW_ALIGN (RealWeb) |
| ALL debugger |
| enabling SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| ALL-FILE-STATS command ALL-FILE-STATS command |
| Allocating |
| TIPH port PH-ALLOCATE (TIPH) |
| Allow duplicates SQL Index Definition Fields (SQL) |
| Allowed logon times SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| AllowLogonPlease parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| ALLOW-TANDEM command ALLOW-TANDEM (TCL) |
| ALPHA function ALPHA Function (DataBasic) |
| Alphabetic characters function ALPHA Function (DataBasic) |
| Alphanumeric labels Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| ALT.MT environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| ALTER TABLE statement ALTER TABLE Statement (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| Alternate verbs file SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Alternative compilers Using Alternative Compilers (DataBasic) |
| Alternative hosts PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), Alternative Hosts (Windows), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), Alternative Host Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Heartbeat Connecting to a Heartbeat System (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Alternative link |
| FailSafe Defining/Redefining a FailSafe Database (Resilience - FailSafe), Use Alternative Failsafe Link (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| Alternative verbs See Alternate verbs file |
| Alternative view table |
| creating Option 2: Create Alternative View (SQL) |
| ALTFCORR environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| ALTHEADING environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| AMC See Attribute mark count |
| Amending table definitions Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| AN connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| ANALYZE command ANALYZE Command |
| Anchors RWA_IMAGE_FUNCTION (RealWeb), RW_IMAGE_FUNCTION (RealWeb), RW_ANCHOR (RealWeb), RW_IMAGE_ANCHOR (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE_ANCHOR (RealWeb), RWA_ANCHOR (RealWeb) |
| AND |
| connective Item Lists (English) |
| operator Logical Expressions (DataBasic) |
| AND/OR clauses SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| ANDed sets Selection Criteria (English) |
| AND-ITEMS command AND-ITEMS Command (English) |
| AND-LISTS command AND-LISTS Command (English) |
| ANDS function ANDS Function (DataBasic) |
| ANY connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| anyhost The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| AP command AP - Append (Editor) |
| API level, ODBC Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL), Standards Compliance (SQL) |
| API subroutines Lists (RealWeb) |
| categories API Subroutines (RealWeb) |
| character translation Character Translation (RealWeb) |
| cookies Cookies (RealWeb) |
| debug Debugging Routines (RealWeb) |
| forms Forms (RealWeb) |
| frames Frames (RealWeb) |
| links Links (RealWeb) |
| miscellaneous Miscellaneous (RealWeb) |
| page/document Page (RealWeb) |
| system System Routines (RealWeb) |
| tables Tables (RealWeb) |
| text and HTML insertion Text and HTML Insertion (RealWeb) |
| text formatting Text Formatting (RealWeb) |
| text structure Text Structure (RealWeb) |
| Appending a string AP - Append (Editor) |
| Application event log Starting Shadow Database on Windows (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| AR command AR - Replace Again (Editor) |
| Archiving clean logs Managing Clean Log Size (Resilience), Automatic Switching of Clean Logs (Resilience) |
| procedure Archiving a Clean Log (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| ARE connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| Arithmetic |
| calculations F; command (Proc), + command (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc), - command (Proc) |
| expressions Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic) |
| functions Command Reference (TCL) |
| operators Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic), F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| Array Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic), Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| dynamic Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic), Arrays (DataBasic) |
| elements, comparing COMPARE Statement (DataBasic) |
| elements, setting to null / command (DataBasic debugger) |
| AS command Entering the Editor: EDIT Command (Editor) |
| ASCII |
| codes Decimal, Hexadecimal, and ASCII Table |
| conversion Conversions (DataBasic), CHAR Function (DataBasic), SEQ Function (DataBasic), ASCII Function (DataBasic), EBCDIC Function (DataBasic), CHARS Function (DataBasic), SEQS Function (DataBasic) |
| function ASCII Function (DataBasic) |
| Assembler display format AP - Append (Editor) |
| Assembly code formatting option Entering the Editor: EDIT Command (Editor) |
| ASSIGN command ASSIGN (Tape) |
| ASSIGN statement ASSIGN Statement (DataBasic) |
| ASSIGNED function ASSIGNED Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Assigning |
| a tape device See Attaching a tape device |
| substrings Substring Assignment (DataBasic) |
| values Assignments (DataBasic) |
| values to variables LET Statement (DataBasic) |
| Assignment operators Assignment Operators (DataBasic) |
| Assignment statement Assignments (DataBasic) |
| Assignment table Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler), Print Job Assignment (Print Reports) (Spooler) |
| displaying current assignment SP-LOOK - Displaying the Current Spooler Assignment (Spooler) |
| Associating triggers with files File Triggers, How to Associate a Trigger with a File (DataBasic) |
| Asterisk (*) statement Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| Asynchronous Character Interface See ACI |
| AT command AT command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Attaching a tape device T-ATT (Tape), ASSIGN (Tape), Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| Attribute Glossary (Glossary), Character-oriented Item, Operation of the Screen Editor (Screen Editor), See also Line |
| formatting RWA_TAG_ATTR (RealWeb) |
| mark See Attribute mark |
| null I - Insert (Editor), Creating Null Attributes (Editor) |
| number SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| reading READVU Statement (DataBasic), READV Statement (DataBasic), Proc Tips (Proc) |
| writing WRITEV Statement (DataBasic) |
| Attribute definition item See Data definition item |
| deleting Combining Adjacent Lines (Screen Editor) |
| in a dynamic array Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic), Arrays (DataBasic) |
| predefined symbol Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| typing Typing System Delimiters (Screen Editor) |
| used as a delimiter Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc) |
| used in H command H command (Proc) |
| viewing V - View (Screen Editor) |
| Attribute mark count Glossary (Glossary), Character-oriented Item, Data Definition Item |
| special Data Definition Item (English) |
| Audit log See Command logging |
| AuditTclLog parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Authority and Format Identifier See AFI |
| AUTO.BSELECT environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| AUTO_BASIC_DUMPS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| AutoFileSize parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| AutoIndexing See Index |
| Automatic conversion |
| of selected definitions, SQLM Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| Automatic file sizing CREATE-INDEX (TCL), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management), CREATE-FILE (TCL) |
| commands AFS-EXPAND command, AFS-ENABLE command, AFS-SET command (TCL), AFS-SELECT command, AFS-CONTRACT command, AFS-TRIM command, AFS-CLEAR command (TCL), AFS-HOLD command |
| resizing files manually Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| suspending Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| Automatically including common code Including Common Code (DataBasic) |
| Automatically switching clean logs Automatic Switching of Clean Logs (Resilience) |
| Autoprint Other Documents (Other Documents) |
B
| B command B command (DataBasic debugger), Input/Output Buffers (Proc), B - Bottom (Editor), B command (Proc), B - Bottom (Screen Editor) |
| B64 |
| conversion code B64 Code - Base64 Encode/Decode (English) |
| Background processing |
| SovereignX Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Background processors |
| SovereignX Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| BACKSPACE General Procedures (TCL), Backspace (Screen Editor), BACKSPACE Key (Editor) |
| Backspacing destructively BACKSPACE Key (Editor) |
| Backup |
| methods Backup Methods used by tlmenu (Resilience) |
| multideck Multideck Save/Restore Utility (dbsave) |
| partition database UNIX Back-up and Recovery Utilities (Host) |
| physical See Physical saves |
| UNIX UNIX Back-up and Recovery Utilities (Host) |
| utilities Backup and Recovery on the Host (Host) |
| BACKUP utility UNIX Back-up and Recovery Utilities (Host) |
| Banner Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), Formqueues (Spooler) |
| npu npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration), npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Base session numbers for PLIds PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| BASE.LANG file SYSPROG Account |
| BASIC command BASIC command (DataBasic), Using Alternative Compilers (DataBasic) |
| Basic Control Maintenance Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| BASIC.CONVERSION account BASIC.CONVERSION Account |
| BASIC.DUMP statement (DataBasic) BASIC.DUMP statement (DataBasic) |
| BASIC-COMPILERS file SYSFILES Account |
| BASIC-DUMPS file SYSFILES Account |
| BCC function BCC Function (DataBasic) |
| BCM command Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| Before images Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| BEGIN / END statements BEGIN/END Statements (SQL) |
| BEGIN CASE statement CASE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Beginners' Guide to English Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| Beginning of item T - Top (Screen Editor) |
| Beginning of line CTRL+L - Cursor Far Left (Screen Editor) |
| BETWEEN connective Item Lists (English) |
| Bibliography Related Documents (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC), Related Documents (RealWeb) |
| BIGINT data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Binary |
| check character BCC Function (DataBasic) |
| conversion SEQ Function (DataBasic), BTX command (TCL), SEQS Function (DataBasic) |
| setting PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| BINARY data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| BINARY option set Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| BIT data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Bit table load function BITLOAD Function (DataBasic) |
| Bit value function BITCHECK Function (DataBasic) |
| BITAND function BITAND Function (DataBasic) |
| BITCHANGE function BITCHANGE Function (DataBasic) |
| BITCHECK function BITCHECK Function (DataBasic) |
| BITLOAD function BITLOAD Function (DataBasic) |
| BITNAND function BITNAND Function (DataBasic) |
| BITNOR function BITNOR Function (DataBasic) |
| BITNOT function BITNOT Function (DataBasic) |
| BITOR function BITOR Function (DataBasic) |
| BITRESET function BITRESET Function (DataBasic) |
| BITSET function BITSET Function (DataBasic) |
| BITXNOR function BITXNOR Function (DataBasic) |
| BITXOR function BITXOR Function (DataBasic) |
| BKOFF command BREAK-KEY-OFF command |
| BKON command BREAK-KEY-ON command |
| Blank lines/spaces Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| Blank pages at end of print job Action Code 5 Change Page Skip and SP-SKIP (Spooler) |
| Blanks |
| as delimiters Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc) |
| embedded IBN command (Proc), IN command (Proc), IBH command (Proc), Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc), IBP command (Proc) |
| in H command H command (Proc) |
| in IH command IH command (Proc) |
| in IP command IP command (Proc) |
| in IT command IT command (Proc) |
| BLIST command $CHAIN Statement (DataBasic), BLIST command (DataBasic), REM Statement (DataBasic), Program Elements (DataBasic), INCLUDE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Block quote RWS_BLOCKQUOTE (RealWeb) |
| Block size |
| tape Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| Block size setting |
| despooling to tape FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Block spacer RWA_BSPACE (RealWeb), RW_BSPACE (RealWeb) |
| BLOCK-CONVERT file BLOCK-PRINT (TCL), SYSFILES Account |
| BLOCK-PRINT command BLOCK-PRINT (TCL) |
| BLOCK-TERM command BLOCK-TERM (TCL) |
| BO command Input/Output Buffers (Proc), BO command (Proc) |
| Bold RWS_BOLD (RealWeb) |
| Boolean |
| compiler directives DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| expressions See Logical, expressions |
| Bottom Different Ways to Display Lines (Screen Editor), B - Bottom (Screen Editor) |
| BP file SYSPROG Account |
| Break character Reality Break Character (Host) |
| BREAK command BREAK command |
| BREAK key Remote Mode (REMLOG) |
| accidental use Common User Problems and Solutions |
| defining Reality Break Character (Host) |
| disabling Account Definition Item, BREAK-KEY-OFF command, Synonym Account Definition Item, Remote Account Definition Item |
| enable/disable BREAK Statement (DataBasic), The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| enabling BREAK-KEY-ON command |
| entry to debug System Debugger, Common User Problems and Solutions, BREAK Statement (DataBasic) |
| entry to debugger The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| inhibit bit control BITCHANGE Function (DataBasic) |
| status reporting SYSTEM Function (DataBasic) |
| Break points |
| bypassing N command (DataBasic debugger) |
| deleting K command (DataBasic debugger) |
| inhibiting debugger breaks @ command (DataBasic debugger) |
| setting B command (DataBasic debugger) |
| BREAK statement LOOP Statement (DataBasic), BREAK Statement (DataBasic), BREAK Statement (SQL), FOR Statement (DataBasic) |
| Breaking program execution BREAK command |
| BREAK-KEY-OFF command BREAK-KEY-OFF command |
| BREAK-KEY-ON command BREAK-KEY-ON command |
| BREAK-ON connective BREAK-ON Connective (English), Output Specification (English), Combining TOTAL, GRAND-TOTAL, and BREAK-ON (English) |
| BREAK-ON connective processing BREAK-ON Connective Processing (English) |
| BREAK-ON options BREAK-ON Connective (English), Output Specification (English) |
| Breakpoints |
| listing D command (DataBasic debugger) |
| BREF command BREF command (DataBasic) |
| Browse mode Item Locking (Screen Editor) |
| BSELECT command BSELECT, BSSELECT Commands (English) |
| BSELECT.NULL environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| BSSELECT command BSELECT, BSSELECT Commands (English) |
| BTX command BTX command (TCL) |
| Buffers Two ways to Build your HTML (RealWeb), RWS_GET_BUF (RealWeb), RWA_DISPLAY_PARAMS (RealWeb), RW_SET_BUF (RealWeb), RW_DISPLAY_PARAMS (RealWeb) |
| editor Operation of the Editor (Editor) |
| flipping F - Flip (Editor) |
| referencing Buffer Referencing (PQN) (Proc) |
| BUILD.DESPOOLERS command BUILD.DESPOOLERS - Creating Port and Tape Despooler Records (Spooler) |
| BUILD.PRINTERS command BUILD.PRINTERS (Spooler) |
| Building a database Creating and Removing a Database (Host), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Button RWA_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| image RW_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| radio RWA_RADIO (RealWeb), RW_RADIO (RealWeb) |
| reset RW_RESET (RealWeb), RWA_RESET (RealWeb) |
| submit RWA_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| buttons |
| how to style Font Styles |
| BVERIFY command BVERIFY command (DataBasic) |
| BY connective Sort Criteria (English), Sort Criteria (English) |
| BY-DSND connective Sort Criteria (English), Sort Criteria (English) |
| BY-EXP connective Sort Criteria (English), Sort Criteria (English) |
| BY-EXP-DSND connective Sort Criteria (English), Sort Criteria (English) |
| BY-EXP-SUB connective Sort Criteria (English) |
| BY-EXP-SUB-DSND connective Sort Criteria (English) |
C
| C API reference manual Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| C command C - Column Ruler (Editor), C - Comments (Screen Editor), C command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| C conversion code C Code - Concatenation (English) |
| C program libraries Reality/Host Integration (Host environment) |
| CA command CA - Concatenate (Editor) |
| CALL conversion code CALL Code - Call Subroutine (English) |
| CALL statement CALL Statement (SQL), CALL Statement (DataBasic) |
| Call User Data Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| CallableStatement RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Callback option PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| Calling |
| entries Executing a Proc (Proc) |
| external subroutine [ ] command (Proc), CALL Statement (DataBasic) |
| internal subroutine GOSUB command (Proc), GOSUB Statement (DataBasic) |
| RealWeb subroutine Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb), Writing Servlets to Access Reality via RealWeb (JReal) |
| subroutine remotely Calling Reality Web Services (Web Services), JavaReal Overview (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC), cNISRbRscLink.CallSubroutine Method (Remote Basic) |
| web service Calling Reality Web Services (Web Services) |
| CallSubroutine method cNISRbRscLink.CallSubroutine Method (Remote Basic) |
| Caption |
| table RWS_TABLE_CAPTION (RealWeb) |
| CAPTION modifier GRAND-TOTAL Modifier (English) |
| CAPTURE command CAPTURE command (TCL) |
| Carriage return Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| Cartridge tape |
| erasing T-ERASE (Tape) |
| winding forward T-RETENSION (Tape) |
| Case |
| changing UPCASE Function (DataBasic), MU - Upper case (Editor), ! ~ ` - Change Case (Screen Editor), MC Codes - Mask Character (English), DOWNCASE Function (DataBasic), ML - Lower case (Editor) |
| CASE command CASE command (TCL) |
| Case sensitivity Case Sensitivity |
| conversion codes Code Summary (English) |
| Editor Search Strings (Editor), CI - Case-insensitive Search (Editor), = - Toggle Search Case-sensitivity (Editor), CS - Case-sensitive Search (Editor) |
| format strings Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| indexes CREATE-INDEX (TCL), Indexing (File and File Index Management), VERIFY-INDEX (TCL) |
| ME editor ME Commands |
| Proc IF command (Proc), IF command (Multivalued) (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| SQL Catalog Administration (SQL) |
| TCL TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| CASE statement CASE Statement (DataBasic) |
| CaseInsensitiveSYSTEM parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| CASING statement CASING Statement (DataBasic) |
| CAT operator String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| CATALOG command CATALOG command (DataBasic) |
| Catalog, SQL SQL Catalog Files (SQL), Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL) |
| CATALOG.COMP environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Cataloged program PRINT-CATALOG command (DataBasic), CATALOG command (DataBasic) |
| definition item Command Definition Items |
| listing in account's MD NEW.LISTVERBS (TCL), LISTVERBS (TCL) |
| sharing configuration Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| transferring to ENTER Statement (DataBasic) |
| Cataloged programs DB command (DataBasic) |
| CATS function CATS Function (DataBasic) |
| CCI Location-based Security (SSM) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| setting using SSM SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| CD command P - Prestore (Editor), CD - Change Delimiter (Editor) |
| CDINSTALL Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide) |
| CentOS See also Linux; UNIX |
| Central daemon Reality Software (Host environment) |
| killing killreal (Host administration) |
| starting realstart (Host administration) |
| Centred text RW_CENTER_ON, RW_CENTRE_ON (RealWeb), RWS_CENTER, RWS_CENTRE (RealWeb), RW_CENTER_OFF, RW_CENTRE_OFF (RealWeb), RW_ALIGN (RealWeb) |
| CHAIN statement Input/Output Buffers (Proc), Input/Output Buffers (Proc), CHAIN Statement (DataBasic) |
| CHANGE function CHANGE Function (DataBasic) |
| CHANGE statement CHANGE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Changing |
| columns in table ALTER TABLE Statement (SQL) |
| index Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| live version of Reality Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide) |
| multiple command delimiter CD - Change Delimiter (Editor) |
| CHAR data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| CHAR function CHAR Function (DataBasic) |
| Character See also String |
| change case ! ~ ` - Change Case (Screen Editor) |
| deleting D - Delete Character (Screen Editor) |
| inserting J - Insert Character (Screen Editor) |
| replacing R - Replace Character (Screen Editor), MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| translation Character Translation (RealWeb), Character Translation (REMLOG) |
| value CTRL+C - Character Value (Screen Editor) |
| Character mode Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| OSI The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| TCP/IP The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| TSAP Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Character-oriented item Character-oriented Item |
| CHARGES command CHARGES (TCL) |
| Charges for usage Reporting System Usage |
| CHARGE-TO command CHARGE-TO (TCL), Reporting System Usage |
| CHARS function CHARS Function (DataBasic) |
| Check |
| devices file chkdev (Host administration) |
| table data VERIFY Statement (SQL) |
| table definition Option 8: Verify Table(s) (SQL) |
| CHECK command CHECK (Tape) |
| Checkbox RW_CHECKBOX (RealWeb), RWA_CHECKBOX (RealWeb) |
| Checkpointing Overview of Save and Restore |
| CHECK-SUM command CHECK-SUM Command (English) |
| CHECKSUM function CHECKSUM Function (DataBasic) |
| Chevrons |
| netadmin prompt Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows) |
| chkdev Reality Software (Host environment), chkdev (Host administration) |
| CI command CI - Case-insensitive Search (Editor), CS - Case-sensitive Search (Editor) |
| CIP See Clean image processor |
| CLAIM command CLAIM command |
| Class |
| DDA Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Class (DDA) Glossary (Glossary) |
| Classes |
| JReal JavaDocs for JReal Classes (JReal) |
| SQL/JDBC JavaDocs for Reality SQL/JDBC Classes (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Clean image processor Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Clean logs Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| archiving Managing Clean Log Size (Resilience), Automatic Switching of Clean Logs (Resilience), Archiving a Clean Log (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| attributes Using English to Examine a Clean Log or Error Log (Resilience) |
| automatic switching Automatic Switching of Clean Logs (Resilience), Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| configuration options Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| deleting Deleting Clean Logs (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| Disaster Recovery Reality Disaster Recovery (Resilience - Disaster Recovery) |
| disk Clean Log File System (Resilience), Raw Log Configuration (Resilience) |
| examining with DataBasic Using DataBasic to Examine a Clean Log or Error Log (Resilience) |
| examining with English Using English to Examine a Clean Log or Error Log (Resilience) |
| file system Clean Log File System (Resilience) |
| filename prefix Naming Convention for Clean Logs (Resilience) |
| listing Listing Clean Logs (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| naming conventions Naming Convention for Clean Logs (Resilience) |
| partition full recovery Managing Clean Log Size (Resilience) |
| partition size Managing Clean Log Size (Resilience) |
| purpose Types of Log File (Resilience) |
| restoring Types of Log File (Resilience), Restoring Clean Logs onto the Database (Resilience - Transaction Logging), Restoring Clean Log(s) onto the Secondary Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| retrieving from tape Retrieving an Archived Clean Log (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| selective recovery from TL-RESTORE (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| Shadow databases (UNIX) UNIX Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Shadow databases (Windows) Windows Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| switching Switching Clean Logs (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| CLEAR statement CLEAR Statement (DataBasic) |
| CLEAR-ASSIGN command ASSIGN (Tape), CLEAR-ASSIGN (Tape) |
| CLEAR-BASIC-LOCKS command CLEAR-BASIC-LOCKS command, CLEAR-BASIC-LOCKS command (DataBasic) |
| CLEARDATA statement CLEARDATA Statement (DataBasic) |
| CLEAR-FILE command CLEAR-FILE (TCL), Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| CLEARFILE statement CLEARFILE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Clearing |
| file CLEARFILE Statement (DataBasic) |
| log files Session Manager (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| tabs TB - Tab (Editor) |
| CLEARINPUT statement CLEARINPUT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| CLEAR-ITEM-LOCKS command CLEAR-ITEM-LOCKS command |
| CLEAR-LIST command CLEAR-LIST Command (English) |
| CLEAR-MSG command CLEAR-MSG (TCL) |
| CLEAR-OPTION command Conversions (DataBasic), CLEAR-OPTION (TCL) |
| CLEARSELECT Statement CLEARSELECT Statement (DataBasic) |
| ClearTempDir parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), UNIX Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Client Glossary (Glossary) |
| requirements System Requirements (SQL) |
| Client components |
| upgrading Reality External Components, Installation Guide |
| Client-id Glossary (Glossary), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Client-server Interface Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL) |
| close command Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| CLOSE statement CLOSE Statement (DataBasic) |
| CloseLink method cNISRbRscLink.CloseLink Method (Remote Basic) |
| CLOSESEQ Statement CLOSESEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| cNISRbRscLink class Remote Basic ActiveX Control (Remote Basic), cNISRbRscLink Class (Remote Basic) |
| errors cNISRbRscLink Errors (Remote Basic) |
| examples cNISRbRscLink Examples (Remote Basic) |
| members cNISRbRscLink Members (Remote Basic) |
| methods cNISRbRscLink Members (Remote Basic) |
| properties cNISRbRscLink Members (Remote Basic) |
| Coding techniques Programming Hints (DataBasic) |
| COL1/COL2 functions COL1/COL2 Functions (DataBasic) |
| Cold start recovery Checking a Database for Errors (Host), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Database Setup (Host), Database Setup |
| COL-HDR-SUPP modifier Format Specification (English) |
| Collations SQL Index Definition Fields (SQL) |
| COLLECTDATA statement COLLECTDATA Statement (DataBasic) |
| Colour RWS_COLOR, RWS_COLOUR (RealWeb) |
| font RWS_FONT (RealWeb) |
| Column Glossary (Glossary) |
| group RWA_TABLE_COLGROUP (RealWeb) |
| headings Data Definition Item (English) |
| limits for L (List) command Z - Zone (Editor) |
| position function INDEX Function (DataBasic) |
| precision SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Choosing Data Types (SQL) |
| ruler # - Column Ruler (Screen Editor) |
| scale Choosing Data Types (SQL) |
| types SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Choosing Data Types (SQL) |
| width SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Choosing Data Types (SQL) |
| Column definition SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| checking Creating a Reality SQL Catalog (SQL), Choosing Data Types (SQL) |
| design Table/Column Definition Design (SQL) |
| Column names SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), SQL Index Definition Fields (SQL) |
| new Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| rules Creating a Reality SQL Catalog (SQL) |
| updating Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| viewing Option 3: View Table Definitions (SQL) |
| Column-dependent matching Search Strings (Editor) |
| Columns |
| listing Listing Columns and Indexes in Reality (SQL) |
| multiple RWS_MULTICOL (Netscape Specific) (RealWeb), RWS_MULTICOL2 (RealWeb) |
| COM+ Distributed Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| COMMA.CONT compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Command definition items Command Definition Items, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| Command line |
| TCL TCLREAD Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), SENTENCE Function (DataBasic) |
| audit log START-AUDIT-LOG command, STOP-AUDIT-LOG command |
| support log START-SUPPORT-LOG command, STOP-SUPPORT-LOG command |
| Commands See also TCL commands |
| conventions Screen Editor Commands (Screen Editor) |
| definition item Command Definition Items, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| Editor Editor Commands (Editor), Summary of Editor Commands (Editor) |
| English English Commands (English), English Commands (English), TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| executing TCL P command (Proc) |
| format Screen Editor Commands (Screen Editor) |
| grouping Programming Efficiency (Proc) |
| index management Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| list generating List Processing Commands (English) |
| list processing List Processing Commands (English) |
| listing in account's MD NEW.LISTVERBS (TCL), LISTVERBS (TCL) |
| multiple lines Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| options TCL and General User Commands (TCL), Options for Commands (English) |
| parameters Screen Editor Commands (Screen Editor) |
| REMLOG Remote Logon from UNIX (REMLOG) |
| Screen Editor Summary of Screen Editor Commands (Screen Editor), Screen Editor Commands (Screen Editor) |
| stacking STON command (Proc) |
| synonym definition item Command Definition Items, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| Comma-separated values See CSV files |
| COMMENT command COMMENT Command (TCL) |
| Committing a transaction TRANSEND Statement (DataBasic), TRANSEND command (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| Common code |
| including Including Common Code (DataBasic) |
| COMMON sections |
| named Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic), COMMON Statement (DataBasic), NC.LIST command (DataBasic), NC.RESET command (DataBasic) |
| COMMON statement COMMON Statement (DataBasic) |
| COMMON variables Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic) |
| COMP command COMP (TCL) |
| COMPARE command COMPARE (TCL) |
| COMPARE function COMPARE Function (DataBasic) |
| COMPARE statement COMPARE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Comparing |
| files COMPARE (TCL) |
| tapes T-VERIFY (Tape) |
| Compatibility |
| MultiValue See MultiValue compatibility |
| switch matrix Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Compilation |
| conditiional Introduction to DataBasic (DataBasic), $IFDEF Statement (DataBasic), $UNDEFINE Statement (DataBasic), $IFNDEF Statement (DataBasic), $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| of DataBasic programs DB command (DataBasic) |
| COMPILE command COMPILE command (DataBasic) |
| Compiler COMPILE command (DataBasic), BASIC command (DataBasic) |
| alternative Using Alternative Compilers (DataBasic) |
| default Using Alternative Compilers (DataBasic) |
| errors when compiling old code Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic), Using Alternative Compilers (DataBasic) |
| loading LOAD-BNF command (DataBasic) |
| options Environment Settings (SSM), BASIC command (DataBasic), $OPTIONS Statement (DataBasic) |
| Compiling |
| case-insensitive programs COMPILE command (DataBasic) |
| DataBasic programs F - File (Screen Editor), COMPILE command (DataBasic), BASIC command (DataBasic) |
| old programs Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic), Using Alternative Compilers (DataBasic) |
| Proc Programming Efficiency (Proc), PQ-COMPILE (Proc) |
| Compliance level, ODBC Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL), Standards Compliance (SQL) |
| Composite primary keys Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| Compressed DataBasic items |
| expanding and copying ECOPY command (DataBasic) |
| CompressTapeImage parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| Concatenation Proc Tips (Proc), MV command (Proc), String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| A code A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| C code C Code - Concatenation (English) |
| CA command CA - Concatenate (Editor) |
| dynamic arrays SPLICE Function (DataBasic), CATS Function (DataBasic) |
| F code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| J command J - Join (Editor) |
| operator A Code - Algebraic Functions (English), String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| Conditiional compilation Introduction to DataBasic (DataBasic), $IFDEF Statement (DataBasic), $IFNDEF Statement (DataBasic) |
| Conditional compilation $UNDEFINE Statement (DataBasic), $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Conditional execution IF command (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| CASE statement CASE Statement (DataBasic) |
| IF statement IF Statement (DataBasic) |
| ON GOSUB statement ON GOSUB Statement (DataBasic) |
| ON GOTO statement ON GOTO Statement (DataBasic) |
| Conditional function |
| A conversion code A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| Conditional operator, F conversion code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| config file Reality Software (Host environment) |
| parameters Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| configs directory Database Structure (Host environment), mkdbase (Host administration), mkdbase Command Line Interface (Host administration), mkdbase Menu Interface (Host administration) |
| Configuration System Requirements (SQL), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), Properties File (JReal), See also Configuring |
| example PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| parameters Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| Configuration files |
| /etc/hosts Troubleshooting (SQL) |
| config Database Structure (Host environment) |
| dbsave_config Database Structure (Host environment), Multideck Save/Restore Utility (dbsave) |
| users realusers (Host administration) |
| WINSNI.INI PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| Configuring See also Configuration |
| data encryption Data Encryption, Data Encryption |
| database Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Licences, Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| FailSafe Configuring a FailSafe Pair (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| JReal JavaReal Overview (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC), Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| network Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide) |
| network printer UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| printers BUILD.PRINTERS (Spooler), Setting up Printers on Reality (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| RealEdit Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| Reality printer Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| RealWeb Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb), Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| Remote Basic Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| Shadow Database Configuring Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| SQL/ODBC data source Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| transaction logging Configuring Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| web services Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| Connect |
| notification Persistent Connection Options (RealWeb) |
| retries, npu Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| timeout PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| connect |
| command Local Mode (REMLOG), connect Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| method Extending the RSC Class (JReal) |
| CONNECT statement CONNECT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Connection RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| DDA ACCEPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| details PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| name Connection Parameters (RealWeb), PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| parameters Connection Parameters (RealWeb) |
| persistent Connection Parameters (RealWeb), Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb), Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| pooled Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb), Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| problems Networking Problems |
| properties RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| raw TCP/IP ACCEPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| RealWeb Writing Servlets to Access Reality via RealWeb (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| RSC Example Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Calling the Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Extending the RSC Class (JReal) |
| SQL/JDBC RealSQLDriver (RealSQL-JDBC), Connection Examples (RealSQL-JDBC), Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| to a Heartbeat system Connecting to a Heartbeat System (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| type Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), Managing Connections (JReal) |
| Connective definition Command Definition Items |
| Connectives |
| listing LISTCONN Command (English) |
| Consistent circuit identifier See CCI |
| Constants See Symbols |
| Continuation character General Procedures (TCL), TCL and General User Commands (TCL), General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| CONTINUE statement RETURN Statement (SQL), CONTINUE Statement (SQL), LOOP Statement (DataBasic), FOR Statement (DataBasic) |
| Continuing a line I - Insert (Editor), TCL and General User Commands (TCL), Program Elements (DataBasic), General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| Contracting automatically sized files Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| Control characters I - Input Mode (Screen Editor), General Procedures (TCL), General Procedures (TCL) |
| displaying H - Hexadecimal (Editor) |
| removing INPUT CTRL Statement (DataBasic) |
| Control sequences Remote Mode (REMLOG) |
| Controlling attribute Controlling and Dependent Attributes (English), D1 and D2 Codes - Controlling and Dependent Attributes (English) |
| Conversion |
| ASCII to decimal SEQ Function (DataBasic), SEQS Function (DataBasic) |
| ASCII to EBCDIC EBCDIC Function (DataBasic) |
| binary to hexadecimal BTX command (TCL) |
| decimal to ASCII CHAR Function (DataBasic), CHARS Function (DataBasic) |
| decimal to hexadecimal DTX command (TCL), DTX Function (DataBasic) |
| EBCDIC to ASCII ASCII Function (DataBasic) |
| hexadecimal to binary XTB command (TCL) |
| hexadecimal to decimal XTD command (TCL), XTD Function (DataBasic) |
| Conversion codes SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), File Definition Item, Conversion Codes (English), Data Definition Item, Code Summary (English) |
| Conversion log file Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| Conversion template |
| HTML from English Writing a Conversion Template (HTML from English) |
| Conversions Glossary (Glossary), L command (Proc), Conversions (DataBasic), IBH command (Proc), IH command (Proc), MV command (Proc), T command (Proc), See also Conversion codes |
| as format strings Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| date Conversions (DataBasic) |
| ICONV function ICONV Function (DataBasic) |
| in SQL column definition Conversions in an SQL Column Definition (SQL) |
| input SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Conversions (DataBasic) |
| mask character Conversions (DataBasic) |
| OCONV function OCONV Function (DataBasic) |
| update SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Conversions in an SQL Column Definition (SQL) |
| user exits Conversions (DataBasic), User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| CONVERT function CONVERT Function (DataBasic) |
| CONVERT statement CONVERT Statement (DataBasic) |
| CONVERTER.LOG file BASIC.CONVERSION Account |
| CONVERT-FILE command CONVERT-FILE command |
| Converting |
| character codes MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| numeric values MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| to automatic file sizing Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| Cookies Glossary (Glossary), Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Debugging (JReal), Cookies (RealWeb) |
| listing RW_LIST_COOKIES (RealWeb) |
| retrieving RW_GET_COOKIE (RealWeb) |
| setting RW_SET_COOKIE, RW_SET_COOKIE_IMM (RealWeb) |
| COPY command COPY (TCL) |
| Copying |
| compressed DataBasic items ECOPY command (DataBasic) |
| cut and paste [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| items COPY (TCL) |
| tapes T-COPY (Tape) |
| to a CSV file CSV-COPY command |
| COPY-LIST command COPY-LIST Command (English) |
| copyrights file Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Correlative Glossary (Glossary), English Reference (English) |
| COS function COS Function (DataBasic) |
| Cosine function COS Function (DataBasic) |
| COUNT command COUNT Command (English) |
| COUNT function COUNT Function (DataBasic) |
| COUNTS function COUNTS Function (DataBasic) |
| CP command CP (TCL), CP command (DataBasic debugger) |
| cpio UNIX Back-up and Recovery Utilities (Host) |
| CRC function CRC Function (DataBasic) |
| CREATE INDEX statement CREATE INDEX Statement (SQL), Application Index Design (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| CREATE PROCEDURE statement CREATE PROCEDURE Statement (SQL) |
| CREATE statement CREATE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| CREATE TABLE statement CREATE TABLE Statement (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| Create/update Proc Database Setup |
| CREATE-ACCOUNT command CREATE-ACCOUNT, Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| CREATE-FILE command Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management), CREATE-FILE (TCL) |
| create-file command create-file Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| CREATE-INDEX command CREATE-INDEX (TCL), Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management), Application Index Design (SQL) |
| createStatement() RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| CREATE-TRIGGER command CREATE-TRIGGER command |
| Creating |
| alternative view Option 2: Create Alternative View (SQL) |
| despooler Despoolers (Spooler) |
| files Introduction to File and File Index Management, Creating Files (File and File Index Management) |
| formqueue FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), Formqueues (Spooler) |
| indexes Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| new table definitions with SQLM Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| null attributes (empty lines) I - Insert (Editor) |
| remote account CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| synonym account CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| web service Creating a Reality Web Service (Web Services), Incoming Web Services |
| Credit indicator ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| Cross join SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| CRT statement CRT Statement (DataBasic) |
| formatting data Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| CS command CS command (DataBasic debugger) |
| CSV files Glossary (Glossary), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| copying to CSV-COPY command |
| CSV-COPY command CSV-COPY command |
| CSYM file BREF command (DataBasic), BASIC command (DataBasic) |
| CT command CT (TCL) |
| CTRL+\\ - subvalue mark Typing System Delimiters (Editor) |
| CTRL+] Typing System Delimiters (Editor) |
| CTRL+^ Typing System Delimiters (Editor) |
| CTRL+_ I - Insert (Editor), General Procedures (TCL) |
| CTRL+C CTRL+C - Character Value (Screen Editor), Reality Break Character (Host) |
| CTRL+D CTRL+D - Divide Screen (Screen Editor) |
| CTRL+E General Procedures (TCL) |
| CTRL+H Editor Commands (Editor), BACKSPACE Key (Editor) |
| CTRL+I TAB Key (Editor), TB - Tab (Editor) |
| CTRL+L CTRL+L - Cursor Far Left (Screen Editor) |
| CTRL+P CTRL+P - Prestore Run (Screen Editor) |
| CTRL+Q General Procedures (TCL) |
| CTRL+R CTRL+R - Cursor Far Right (Screen Editor), Editor Commands (Editor), General Procedures (TCL) |
| CTRL+S General Procedures (TCL) |
| CTRL+T CTRL+T - Tab Size (Screen Editor) |
| CTRL+X Editor Commands (Editor), General Procedures (TCL), General Procedures (TCL) |
| Currency symbol SET-MONEY (TCL), ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English), Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| Cursor |
| back 7 - Word Back (Screen Editor), Backspace (Screen Editor) |
| beginning of line CTRL+L - Cursor Far Left (Screen Editor) |
| down Return (Screen Editor) |
| end of line CTRL+R - Cursor Far Right (Screen Editor) |
| far left CTRL+L - Cursor Far Left (Screen Editor) |
| far right CTRL+R - Cursor Far Right (Screen Editor) |
| forward 9 - Word Forward (Screen Editor) |
| left Backspace (Screen Editor) |
| right Space (Screen Editor) |
| top T - Top (Screen Editor) |
| up 8 - Line Up (Screen Editor) |
| CURSOR.ATTRIBUTES environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| CUSTOM.OPTIONS file SYSFILES Account |
| CUSTOMER.IDENT command CUSTOMER.IDENT command |
| Customizing |
| master dictionary SYSFILES Account, Customising the Master Dictionary (TCL) |
| CUSTOM-SETUP Proc Database Setup |
| Cut and paste [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| Cyclic redundancy character function CRC Function (DataBasic) |
D
| D command D command (DataBasic debugger), D command (Proc), D - Delete Character (Screen Editor) |
| D conversion code Conversions (DataBasic), D Code - Date Conversion (English) |
| D/CODE Glossary (Glossary) |
| D1 conversion code D1 and D2 Codes - Controlling and Dependent Attributes (English) |
| D2 conversion code D1 and D2 Codes - Controlling and Dependent Attributes (English) |
| Daemon |
| database Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Daemon log Troubleshooting (UNIX Installation Guide), Log Files, Troubleshooting (Windows Installation Guide) |
| rotation Daemon Log Rotation (Host) |
| daemon.log Daemon Log Rotation (Host), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| DLOG DLOG |
| daemon.log.old Daemon Log Rotation (Host), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Daemons See also Services |
| FailSafe Reality Software (Host environment) |
| starting Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| termination killreal (Host administration) |
| Data |
| cells RWS_TABLE_DATA (RealWeb) |
| compression |
| tape image Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| compression, tape image Tape Definitions (Host) |
| definitions, converting existing Creating a Reality SQL Catalog (SQL) |
| entered into a form RW_GET_PARAM (RealWeb), RW_SET_PARAM (RealWeb) |
| format, telnet PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| generation SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| item Data Item |
| literals Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic) |
| movement operations A command (Proc), MV command (Proc), MS command (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc), MVA command (Proc), MVD command (Proc) |
| numeric ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English), Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| retrieval English Commands (English) |
| saving to cookies RW_SET_COOKIE, RW_SET_COOKIE_IMM (RealWeb) |
| sections Database Structure, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes |
| DATA |
| connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| Data definition item Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic), Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Data Definition Item (English), Data Definition Item |
| conversion Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| DPTR Data Definition Item (English) |
| ILUPD.DATE Data Definition Item (English) |
| ILUPD.TIME Data Definition Item (English) |
| ILUPD.TS Data Definition Item (English) |
| listing LISTDICTS Command (English) |
| LUPD.DATE Data Definition Item (English) |
| LUPD.TIME Data Definition Item (English) |
| LUPD.TS Data Definition Item (English) |
| predefined Data Definition Item (English), MultiValue Compatibility (English) |
| selection Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| update date/time stamp Data Definition Item (English) |
| Data encryption Data Encryption, Notes on Save and Restore, Securing the Database by using SSM and GSSM (SSM) |
| administration key SET-ADMIN-KEY command |
| configuring Data Encryption, Data Encryption |
| encrypted files Data Encryption |
| keys SSM Option 5 - Encryption Key Maintenance (SSM), Data Encryption |
| tape definitions T-DEVICE (Tape), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| DATA file modifier MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| Data level descriptor Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Data Level Descriptor |
| Data section Data Level Descriptor |
| sizing Selecting the Modulo for a File (File and File Index Management) |
| Data source |
| configuring Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| Reality database as Reality Database as an SQL Data Source (SQL) |
| DATA statement Input/Output Buffers (Proc), DATA Statement (DataBasic) |
| Data structures |
| file File Structure, File and Item Structures |
| item Item Structure |
| Data types Glossary (Glossary), Item Structure |
| chosing Choosing Data Types (SQL) |
| JDBC Standards Compliance (SQL) |
| SQL SQL Statements Supported by Reality (SQL) |
| DATA.CC environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Database Glossary (Glossary), Connection Parameters (RealWeb) |
| allocating web services licences to Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| central service Reality Software (Host environment) |
| checking realdbck (Host administration) |
| checking automatically at startup Checking a Database for Errors (Host), realdbck (Host administration) |
| configuration parameters Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| configuring Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Licences, Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| connections Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| consistency check realdbck (Host administration) |
| daemon Reality Software (Host environment), killreal (Host administration) |
| default Setting Up Defaults (Windows), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| definition realfstab File (Host administration) |
| directory Database Structure (Host environment) |
| expanding realfstab File (Host administration), Common User Problems and Solutions |
| file hierarchy Database Structure, Database File Hierarchy (English) |
| file structure, indexes in Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| host files Database Structure (Host environment) |
| improving efficiency Improving Database Efficiency, Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| isolation realclone, realroot, Database Isolation, realbind |
| locking lockdbase (Host administration), Locking and Unlocking a Database (Host) |
| management system Glossary (Glossary) |
| management utilities Database Management Facilities |
| master files Reality Software (Host environment) |
| maximum size Creating and Removing a Database (Host), mkdbase (Host administration) |
| multiple Introduction to Reality |
| name PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), CUSTOMER.IDENT command |
| optimisation Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| overlays Upgrading from an Earlier Release (UNIX Installation Guide), Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide) |
| owner Glossary (Glossary), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| path Reality Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ports Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| rbuilding Creating and Removing a Database (Host) |
| rebuilding mkdbase (Host administration), mkdbase Command Line Interface (Host administration), mkdbase Menu Interface (Host administration) |
| recovering Transaction Logging Database Recovery (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| removing Creating and Removing a Database (Host), rmdbase (Host administration) |
| restoring Restoring the Database from the Most Recent Backup Tape (Resilience - Transaction Logging), Restore Procedures |
| security Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Security |
| service Reality Software (Host environment), killreal (Host administration) |
| setup Database Setup (Host), Database Setup |
| Shadow - defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| shared memory seqment size Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| size Creating and Removing a Database (Host) |
| specifying at logon Entering and Operating in a Reality Database, reality (Host administration) |
| specifying at start up reality (Host administration) |
| SQL Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| start-up Proc Database Setup |
| structure Database Structure, Database Structure (Host environment), Database File Hierarchy (English) |
| temporary directory Database Structure (Host environment), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| types Introduction to Reality, An Overview of Reality Administration |
| unlocking unlockdbase (Host administration), Locking and Unlocking a Database (Host) |
| usage %FULL command |
| Database needs checking (message) Common User Problems and Solutions |
| DatabaseMetaData RealSQLDatabaseMetaData (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLResultSet (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Databases |
| multiple Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| DataBasic Glossary (Glossary), Introduction to DataBasic (DataBasic), See also Program |
| bitwise logical functions Bitwise Logical Functions (DataBasic) |
| call stack Using the DataBasic Profiler (DataBasic) |
| catalogued program format SYSFILES Account |
| catalogued programs Command Definition Items |
| command Database Management Facilities |
| compatibility switch matrix Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| compiler DB command (DataBasic), F - File (Screen Editor), COMPILE command (DataBasic), Environment Settings (SSM), BASIC command (DataBasic), $OPTIONS Statement (DataBasic) |
| compressed items ECOPY command (DataBasic) |
| development aid DB command (DataBasic), DataBasic Development Program Example (DataBasic) |
| efficiency Using the DataBasic Profiler (DataBasic), Efficiency Guidelines (DataBasic) |
| examples Programming Examples (DataBasic), DataBasic Email API Program Example (DataBasic), Embedded Basic Examples (DataBasic) |
| exception handler DataBasic Exception Handler |
| executing a program in debug mode DEBUG command (DataBasic) |
| from English Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| functions (summary of) Statements and Functions by Category (DataBasic) |
| history logging BASIC command (DataBasic), CATALOG command (DataBasic) |
| intercepted options RUN command (DataBasic) |
| interprocess communication statements Interprocess Communication (DataBasic) |
| object sharing Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| objects How to use .NET Objects in DataBasic, How to use Internal Objects in DataBasic, How to use Java Objects in DataBasic, DataBasic Objects |
| profiling programs Using the DataBasic Profiler (DataBasic) |
| program verification VERIFY-SYSTEM command |
| programming in Programming in DataBasic (DataBasic) |
| quick reference guide (V10.0) Quick Reference Guides (Other Documents) |
| real-time run example DataBasic Real-time Run Program Example (DataBasic) |
| runtime options Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| special methods (DataBasic Objects) Calling Special Methods |
| stack System Debugger, Using the DataBasic Profiler (DataBasic) |
| statements Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| statements (summary of) Statements and Functions by Category (DataBasic) |
| subroutine See Subroutine |
| TCL commands Related TCL Commands (DataBasic) |
| DataBasic application dump |
| about DataBasic Application Dump |
| BASIC.DUMP statement BASIC.DUMP statement (DataBasic) |
| BASIC-DUMPS file SYSFILES Account |
| DISP.DB.DUMPS program DISP.DB.DUMPS program |
| DUMP command (DataBasic debugger) DUMP command (DataBasic debugger) |
| DUMP.BASIC.VARS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| RELOG.DB.DUMPS program RELOG.DB.DUMPS program |
| DataBasic debugger The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| alternative source file Z command (DataBasic debugger) |
| breaking program execution M command (DataBasic debugger), E command (DataBasic debugger) |
| bypassing break points N command (DataBasic debugger) |
| command summary Summary of Debugger Commands (DataBasic debugger) |
| cursor positioning CP command (DataBasic debugger) |
| DataBasic object errors DBO Errors and the DataBasic Debugger |
| deleting break points K command (DataBasic debugger) |
| disabling The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| displaying and modifying variables / command (DataBasic debugger) |
| enabling The Debugger (DataBasic debugger), SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| help pages ? command (DataBasic debugger) |
| inhibiting debugger breaks @ command (DataBasic debugger) |
| listing from debug W command (DataBasic debugger) |
| listing source code lines L command (DataBasic debugger) |
| monitoring named code modules MD command (DataBasic debugger), MA command (DataBasic debugger), ME command (DataBasic debugger), MR command (DataBasic debugger) |
| passing control to DEBUG Statement (DataBasic) |
| setting break points B command (DataBasic debugger) |
| stepping out of code module calls MX command (DataBasic debugger) |
| stepping over code module calls MO command (DataBasic debugger) |
| suppressing run-time warning messages WS command (DataBasic debugger) |
| suppressing terminal output P command (DataBasic debugger) |
| trace table T command (DataBasic debugger), U command (DataBasic debugger) |
| DataBasic Email API |
| ADD_DELIVERY_DETAILS EM_ADD_DELIVERY_DETAILS Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT_ITEM EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT_ITEM Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_AUTH_DETAILS EM_ADD_AUTH_DETAILS Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_HTML_TEXT EM_ADD_HTML_TEXT Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_PLAIN_TEXT EM_ADD_PLAIN_TEXT Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_DEFINE_CONFIG EM_DEFINE_CONFIG Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ENABLE_DEBUG EM_ENABLE_DEBUG Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_SEND_EMAIL EM_SEND_EMAIL Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_START_EMAIL EM_START_EMAIL Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| program example DataBasic Email API Program Example (DataBasic) |
| example of usage DataBasic Exception Handler (Example of Usage) |
| DataBasic objects How to use .NET Objects in DataBasic, How to use Internal Objects in DataBasic, How to use Java Objects in DataBasic, DataBasic Objects |
| %Admin special method %Admin special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Array special method %Array special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Connect special method %Connect special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Decode special method %Encode special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Encode special method %Encode special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Enum special method %Enum special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %GetError special method %GetError special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %GetErrorNum special method %GetErrorNum special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Import special method %Import special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Is special method %Is special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Keys special method %Enum special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Length special method %Length special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %New special method %New special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Null special method %Null special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %ObjMgr special method %ObjMgr special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Set special method %Set special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Static special method %Static special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Template special method %Template special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %This special method %This special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %ToJSON special method %ToJSON special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %ToMV special method %ToMV special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %ToXML special method %ToXML special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %Type special method %Type special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| %TypeOf special method %TypeOf special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| -> operator Object Operators |
| accessing data in Object Data |
| calling a special methods Calling Special Methods |
| calling an object method Calling Object Methods |
| comparing Object Comparison |
| connection objects Connection Objects |
| copying Object Duplication |
| deleting Object Deletion |
| errors DBO Errors and the DataBasic Debugger |
| manager objects Connection Objects |
| optimisation Language Server Optimisation |
| special methods DataBasic Objects Special Methods |
| type casting Type Casting |
| DataCaseControl parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| DATAPRODUCTS command DATAPRODUCTS (TCL) |
| Date Upgrading from an Earlier Release (UNIX Installation Guide), & - Time and Date (Screen Editor), Proc Tips (Proc), Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide) |
| conversions Conversions (DataBasic), D Code - Date Conversion (English) |
| displaying TIME (TCL) |
| internal format D Code - Date Conversion (English) |
| system DATE Function (DataBasic) |
| validating Proc Tips (Proc) |
| DATE data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| DATE function DATE Function (DataBasic) |
| Date window |
| IDateWindow parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| DATE-FORMAT command Conversions (DataBasic), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), DATE-FORMAT (TCL) |
| DateFormat parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| DB command DB command (DataBasic) |
| DB.DEBUG environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| DB.DEBUG option Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| DB.DUMP.MULTIPLE environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| DBL-SPC modifier Format Specification (English) |
| DBO See DataBasic objects |
| dbsave Multideck Save/Restore Utility (dbsave), Backup Methods used by tlmenu (Resilience), Reality Software (Host environment), Overview of Save and Restore |
| dbsave_config file Database Structure (Host environment), Multideck Save/Restore Utility (dbsave) |
| DbStart parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| DBSTART Proc Database Setup |
| DBUPDATE command DBUPDATE command, Installing Updates (UNIX Installation Guide), Installing Updates (Windows Installation Guide) |
| DCC command DCC command (DataBasic debugger) |
| DCOUNT compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| DCOUNT function DCOUNT Function (DataBasic) |
| DDA Glossary (Glossary), RealSQLDriver (RealSQL-JDBC), Introduction to the Reality JDBC Driver (RealSQL-JDBC), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| class Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| connection ACCEPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| flags Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| network name Local Host Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| OSI The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| replug connections The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| selection Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| TCP/IP The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| timeout Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| TSAP Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| DDA Port Services protocol Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| DDATCP protocol PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| DE command Operation of the Editor (Editor), DE - Delete (Editor), DE{BUG} command (DataBasic debugger) |
| search strings Search Strings (Editor) |
| wildcard character ^ Command (Editor) |
| Deadly embrace Glossary (Glossary), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Locks and the Locking Systems |
| DEBUG command DEBUG command (DataBasic), DE{BUG} command (DataBasic debugger) |
| DEBUG statement The Debugger (DataBasic debugger), DEBUG Statement (DataBasic), @ command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Debugger The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| prompt The Debugger (DataBasic debugger), Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| Debugging |
| Embedded Basic subroutines Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| features, SQL SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| options RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| Procs D command (Proc), TR command (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc), C command (Proc), P command (Proc) |
| RealWeb servlets Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Debugging (JReal) |
| SQL/JDBC Diagnostics (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| DECAT command DECAT command (DataBasic) |
| DECATALOG command DELETE-CATALOG, DECATALOG commands (DataBasic) |
| Decimal |
| conversion DTX command (TCL), CHAR Function (DataBasic), DTX Function (DataBasic), CHARS Function (DataBasic) |
| masking MD Code - Mask Decimal without Alignment (English) |
| precision ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| DECIMAL data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| DECLARE statement DECLARE Statement (SQL) |
| DECRYPT function DECRYPT Function (DataBasic) |
| Default |
| account SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| compiler Using Alternative Compilers (DataBasic) |
| database Setting Up Defaults (Windows), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| list List Processing Commands (English) |
| options PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| output specification Macro to Replace a Default Output Specification (English), Data Definition Item (English), File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| printer Procedure for Setting Up Printers (Spooler) |
| version of Reality Setting Up Defaults (Windows), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide) |
| DEFAULT.EXPLORER security profile Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| DEFAULT.REALWEB security profile RealWeb Security (RealWeb), Setting up RealWeb Users and Accounts (RealWeb), Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| DEFAULT.TO.ALL environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| DefaultSystemPrinterType parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| DeferCloseLevel parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| DeferCloseMax parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| DEFFUN statement DEFFUN Statement (DataBasic) |
| DEFINE-ENVIRONMENT command DEFINE-ENVIRONMENT command |
| DEFINE-INDEX command DEFINE-INDEX (TCL), Application Index Design (SQL) |
| Defining an index DEFINE-INDEX (TCL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| Definition list RW_START_DLIST (RealWeb), RWS_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| adding items RW_DLIST_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| definitions RWS_DLIST_DEF (RealWeb), RWA_MAKE_DLIST (RealWeb), RW_DLIST_ITEM (RealWeb), RW_MAKE_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| ending RW_END_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| terms RWS_DLIST_TERM (RealWeb), RWA_MAKE_DLIST (RealWeb), RW_DLIST_ITEM (RealWeb), RW_MAKE_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| DEL statement DEL Statement (DataBasic) |
| DEL.FILE.EXEC environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| DELETE command DELETE Command (TCL) |
| DELETE function DELETE Function (DataBasic) |
| DELETE statement DELETE Statement (SQL), DELETE Statement (DataBasic), DELETE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| DELETE-ACCOUNT command DELETE-ACCOUNT command |
| DELETE-CATALOG command DELETE-CATALOG, DECATALOG commands (DataBasic) |
| delete-file command delete-file Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| DELETE-FILE command FD - File Delete (Editor), DELETE-FILE (TCL) |
| DELETE-INDEX command DELETE-INDEX (TCL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| delete-item command delete-item Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| DELETE-LIST command DELETE-LIST Command (English) |
| DELETELIST statement DELETELIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| DELETESEQ statement DELETESEQ Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), DELETESEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| DELETE-TRIGGER command DELETE-TRIGGER command |
| Deleting |
| ACC file items Maintaining ACC File |
| character D - Delete Character (Screen Editor) |
| clean logs Deleting Clean Logs (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| comments PQ-COMPILE (Proc) |
| database Creating and Removing a Database (Host), rmdbase (Host administration) |
| directory view Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| dynamic array elements Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic), DELETE Function (DataBasic), DEL Statement (DataBasic) |
| external components Reality External Components, Installation Guide |
| file item CLEARFILE Statement (DataBasic), DELETE Command (TCL), EDELETE Command (English), DELETE Statement (DataBasic), F-DELETE command (Proc), FD - File Delete (Editor) |
| file triggers DELETE-TRIGGER command |
| files Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| formqueue Action Code 7 Delete Queue and SP-FQDELETE (Spooler) |
| index DROP INDEX Statement (SQL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| lines K - Delete Lines (Screen Editor), DE - Delete (Editor) |
| list DELETELIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| network printer Removing a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| pasted item [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| print job Action Code 5 Delete Job and SP-DELETE (Spooler) |
| priveleges REVOKE Statement (SQL) |
| Reality printers Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| remote system, USERS-FILE USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ROUTE FILE entry Deleting an Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| rows DELETE Statement (SQL) |
| sequential file DELETESEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| SQL view Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| table DROP TABLE Statement (SQL), Option 7: Remove Table From SQL Environment (SQL) |
| user's entry, USERS-FILE USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| values MVD command (Proc) |
| word Q - Delete Word (Screen Editor) |
| DELIM.POS function DELIM.POS Function |
| Delimiters Glossary (Glossary), Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc) |
| string Search Strings (Editor) |
| DEL-LANG command DEL-LANG (TCL) |
| DENAT account DENAT Account |
| Denationalisation Glossary (Glossary), GETMSG Function (DataBasic), SYSTEM Function (DataBasic), Command Reference (TCL) |
| DEL-LANG command DEL-LANG (TCL) |
| LOAD-ALPHA command LOAD-ALPHA (TCL) |
| LOAD-COLL command LOAD-COLL (TCL) |
| LOAD-LANG command LOAD-LANG (TCL) |
| Dependent attribute Controlling and Dependent Attributes (English), D1 and D2 Codes - Controlling and Dependent Attributes (English) |
| Despooler Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler), Despoolers (Spooler) |
| control item Spooler File Formats (Spooler) |
| creating DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler), Despoolers (Spooler) |
| device name DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| device type DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| errors Checking for Spooler Errors (Spooler), Despoolers (Spooler) |
| formqueues assigned to DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler), Action Code 4 Change Device and SP-DEVICE (Spooler), FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| killing Action Code 12 Kill Printing and SP-KILL (Spooler) |
| maintenance DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| managing DSPMON - Managing Despoolers (Spooler) |
| monitoring DSPMON - Managing Despoolers (Spooler), Despoolers (Spooler) |
| printer independence item-id DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| priority in formqueue DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler), FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| prologue item-id DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| remote spooling Network Printing (Spooler) |
| removal from formqueue Action Code 4 Change Device and SP-DEVICE (Spooler) |
| restarting Action Code 7 Resume Printing and SP-RESUME (Spooler) |
| starting Despoolers (Spooler), Action Code 9 Start Despooler and START-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| stopping Action Code 6 Stop Printing and SP-STOP (Spooler), SP-SUMMARY and Related Procedures (Spooler), Action Code 10 Stop Despooler and STOP-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| suspending Action Code 9 Suspend Printing and SP-SUSPEND (Spooler) |
| with multiple formqueues Example of Setting Up Multiple Formqueues and Despoolers (Spooler) |
| DESPOOLER.CONTROL file DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler), Spooler File Formats (Spooler), SYSFILES Account, Despoolers (Spooler) |
| DESPOOLER.DETAIL command DESPOOLER.DETAIL - Listing All Despoolers on a Database (Spooler) |
| Despoolers |
| listing Action Code 12 Despooler List and SP-DESPOOLERS (Spooler), DESPOOLER.DETAIL - Listing All Despoolers on a Database (Spooler) |
| Destination entry Glossary (Glossary), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Heartbeat gateway Connecting to a Heartbeat System (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Destination hosts |
| adding Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| administration Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| deleting an entry Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| editing an entry Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| entry details Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| listing entries Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| Destination system name |
| Alternative Host entry Alternative Host Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Q-type entry Q Type Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Destructive backspacing BACKSPACE Key (Editor) |
| Detaching a tape device T-DET (Tape), Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| Detail line processing Detail Line Processing (English) |
| DET-SUPP modifier BREAK-ON Connective (English), Format Specification (English), Subtotals and Cumulative Total with DET-SUPP (English) |
| Device driver Glossary (Glossary), Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Device type DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| devices file PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| checking chkdev (Host administration) |
| keywords PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| PLId specification PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| port specifications PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| setting up PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| DICT file modifier File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| Dictionary |
| file Database Structure, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Data Definition Item (English), Data Level Descriptor, Data Definition Item, Index Definition Item |
| items Creating English Dictionary Items (Screen Editor) |
| listing LISTDFILES (TCL) |
| master See Master dictionary |
| MD See Master dictionary |
| sizing Manual Resizing (File and File Index Management) |
| subroutines Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| SYSTEM See SYSTEM dictionary |
| Differences between host platforms Differences between UNIX and Windows (Host environment) |
| Differences documents Differences Documents (Other Documents) |
| Different versions of Reality, transferring data between Notes on Save and Restore |
| DIMENSION statement DIMENSION Statement (DataBasic) |
| Dimensioned arrays Arrays (DataBasic), Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| accessing elements Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic), Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| assigning values MAT Statement (DataBasic) |
| building a string MATBUILD Statement (DataBasic) |
| common COMMON Statement (DataBasic) |
| dimensioning DIMENSION Statement (DataBasic) |
| parsing a string MATPARSE Statement (DataBasic) |
| reading an item MATREADU Statement (DataBasic), MATREAD Statement (DataBasic) |
| versus dynamic arrays Dynamic Arrays vs. Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| writing an item MATWRITE Statement (DataBasic), MATWRITEU Statement (DataBasic) |
| Direct |
| environments SSM Option 4 - Define Environment Settings |
| items File Structure, Item Structure |
| Direct printing Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| Directories |
| configs Database Structure (Host environment) |
| database Database Structure (Host environment) |
| H.<string> Database Structure (Host environment) |
| realman Reality Software (Host environment) |
| release/version Reality Software (Host environment) |
| tmp Database Structure (Host environment) |
| Directory view DV.SEARCH, Introduction to File and File Index Management, DIR-VIEW (TCL), Reality/Host Integration (Host environment) |
| creating Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| deleting Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| restriction on use SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| Dirty read |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| DIR-VIEW Introduction to File and File Index Management, DIR-VIEW (TCL), Reality/Host Integration (Host environment), SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM), Security |
| Disabling |
| BREAK key BREAK-KEY-OFF command |
| user logon SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Disallowed logon times SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| Disaster Recovery Reality Disaster Recovery (Resilience - Disaster Recovery) |
| administration Disaster Recovery Administration (Resilience - Disaster Recovery) |
| configuration Configuring Disaster Recovery (Resilience - Disaster Recovery) |
| database recovery Recovering a Database using Disaster Recovery (Resilience - Disaster Recovery) |
| disconnect |
| command Local Mode (REMLOG), disconnect Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| method Extending the RSC Class (JReal) |
| Disconnect notification Persistent Connection Options (RealWeb) |
| DISCONNECT statement DISCONNECT Statement (DataBasic) |
| DISCTOTAPE command DISCTOTAPE (Tape) |
| Disk |
| configuration Windows Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database), UNIX Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| layout, Windows Set-up before Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| space availability Determining Free Space Availability, POVF command |
| space problems Common User Problems and Solutions |
| DISP.DB.DUMPS program DISP.DB.DUMPS program |
| Display |
| hexadecimal format H - Hexadecimal (Editor) |
| DISPLAY command DISPLAY Command (TCL) |
| DISPLAY statement DISPLAY Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Displaying |
| character value CTRL+C - Character Value (Screen Editor) |
| column numbers # - Column Ruler (Screen Editor) |
| control characters H - Hexadecimal (Editor) |
| current and previous 21 lines W - Window (Editor) |
| current delimiter CD - Change Delimiter (Editor) |
| cut or copied item [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| external item E - External Read (Screen Editor) |
| item size S? (Editor), ?S (Editor) |
| items Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb), S-DUMP Command (English), I-DUMP Command (English), CT (TCL) |
| last L command issued ?L (Editor) |
| last R command issued ?R (Editor) |
| position of line pointer ? (Editor) |
| prestore PD (Prestore Display) (Editor), ?P (Editor), PP - Print Prestore (Editor) |
| program name ?M command (DataBasic debugger) |
| ruler C - Column Ruler (Editor) |
| specified line W - Window (Screen Editor), G - Go To Line Number (Screen Editor), H - Half Screen Line Number (Screen Editor) |
| USERS-FILE entry USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Distributed Data Access See DDA |
| Distributed transaction Distributed Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| manual recovery Interactive Recovery of Distributed Transactions (Resilience) |
| recovery Process Recovery (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| DIV function DIV Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| DIVD command DIVD (TCL) |
| Divide screen CTRL+D - Divide Screen (Screen Editor) |
| Division Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic), F; command (Proc), DIVD (TCL), F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), DIVS Function (DataBasic), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English), DIVX (TCL) |
| HTML tag RW_START_DIV (RealWeb), RW_END_DIV (RealWeb), RWS_DIV (RealWeb) |
| DIVS function DIVS Function (DataBasic) |
| DIVX command DIVX (TCL) |
| DLL Glossary (Glossary), PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| DO command DO (TCL) |
| Document updates RWS_ED_DELETE (RealWeb), RWS_ED_INSERT (RealWeb) |
| Documentation Document Directory |
| installing Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| prerequisites Prerequisites (UNIX Installation Guide), Prerequisites (Windows Installation Guide) |
| printing How to use the Online Documentation |
| searching How to use the Online Documentation |
| using How to use the Online Documentation |
| viewing Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| doGet( ) Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal) |
| Domain Name Service See DNS |
| Domain Specific Part See DSP |
| doPost( ) Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal) |
| Dot command See Recalling TCL commands |
| Dot processor See Recalling TCL commands |
| Double check message EX - Exit (Editor), FD - File Delete (Editor) |
| DOUBLE data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Double quotes Item Lists (English) |
| Double quotes function DQUOTE Function (DataBasic), QUOTE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| DOWNCASE function DOWNCASE Function (DataBasic) |
| DPC command DPC command (DataBasic debugger) |
| D-pointer Glossary (Glossary), File Definition Item, Account Definition Item |
| DPTR predefined item Data Definition Item (English) |
| DQUOTE function DQUOTE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), DQUOTE Function (DataBasic) |
| Driver RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| interface RealSQLDriver (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| DriverManager.getConnection() RealSQLDriver (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| DROP INDEX statement DROP INDEX Statement (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| DROP PROCEDURE statement DROP PROCEDURE Statement (SQL) |
| DROP TABLE statement CREATE INDEX Statement (SQL), DROP TABLE Statement (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| Drop-down list RW_SELECT_LIST (RealWeb), RWA_SELECT_LIST (RealWeb) |
| DSM command DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| DSP Glossary (Glossary), NSAP Format Options (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| DSP.DETAIL macro Checking for Spooler Errors (Spooler) |
| DSP.ERRORS macro Checking for Spooler Errors (Spooler) |
| DSPMON command DSPMON - Managing Despoolers (Spooler) |
| DSPMON.CONTROL file DSPMON - Managing Despoolers (Spooler), SYSFILES Account |
| DTX command DTX command (TCL) |
| DTX function DTX Function (DataBasic) |
| DUMP command DUMP command (DataBasic debugger) |
| DUMP.BASIC.VARS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Dumping files to tape T-DUMP and ST-DUMP (Tape) |
| DV.SEARCH DV.SEARCH |
| DX and DY codes Account Definition Item, Notes on Save and Restore, M-A-S, ACCOUNT-SAVE |
| Dynamic arrays Glossary (Glossary), Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic), Arrays (DataBasic) |
| character functions CHARS Function (DataBasic), SEQS Function (DataBasic) |
| comparison functions GES Function (DataBasic), NES Function (DataBasic), LES Function (DataBasic), EQS Function (DataBasic) |
| deleting elements Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic), DELETE Function (DataBasic), DEL Statement (DataBasic) |
| efficient use Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| extracting elements Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| extracting substrings REMOVE Statement (DataBasic) |
| extracting values EXTRACT Function (DataBasic) |
| finding a substring FINDSTR Statement (DataBasic) |
| finding a value LOCATE Statement (DataBasic), FIND Statement (DataBasic) |
| formatting functions ICONVS Function (DataBasic), OCONVS Function (DataBasic) |
| inserting elements Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| inserting values INS Statement (DataBasic) |
| logical functions NOTS Function (DataBasic), ANDS Function (DataBasic), ORS Function (DataBasic), IFS Function (DataBasic) |
| maximum numeric value MAXIMUM Function (DataBasic) |
| minimum numeric value MINIMUM Function (DataBasic) |
| reading into READ Statement (DataBasic), READU Statement (DataBasic) |
| referencing Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| replacing elements Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| replacing values REPLACE Function (DataBasic) |
| sorting SORT Function (DataBasic) |
| syntax Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| versus dimensioned arrays Dynamic Arrays vs. Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| writing WRITEU Statement (DataBasic), WRITE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Dynamic Link Library See DLL |
| Dynamic Q-pointer See Files, specifier |
| Dynamic resizing of Reality files RESIZE-FILE command, realresize (Host administration), Improving Database Efficiency (Host), Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
E
| E command E command (DataBasic debugger), E - External Read (Screen Editor) |
| EACH modifier Selection Criteria (English) |
| EB.DEBUG environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| EB.DEBUG option Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| EBCDIC function EBCDIC Function (DataBasic) |
| EBCDIC to ASCII conversion ASCII Function (DataBasic) |
| ECATCH statement ECATCH Statement |
| ECATCH.ACTIVE() function ECATCH.ACTIVE() Function |
| ECATCH.LOC() function ECATCH.LOC() Function |
| ECHO statement ECHO Statement (DataBasic) |
| ECHO.IN compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| ECLEARCATCH statement ECLEARCATCH Statement |
| ECOPY command ECOPY command (DataBasic) |
| EDEBUG statement EDEBUG Statement |
| EDELETE command DEFINE-INDEX (TCL), EDELETE Command (English), DELETE-INDEX (TCL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| Edit box RWA_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb), RW_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb) |
| EDIT command Entering the Editor: EDIT Command (Editor) |
| Edit mode I - Input Mode (Screen Editor), Mode of Operation (Screen Editor) |
| EDITDBCONFIG EDITDBCONFIG |
| Editing |
| characters General Procedures (TCL) |
| network printer Editing a Network Printer Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ROUTE FILE entry Editing an Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| EDIT-LIST command EDIT-LIST Command (English) |
| Editor Introduction to Reality, Database Management Facilities |
| command format/parameters Editor Commands (Editor) |
| commands Editor Commands (Editor), Summary of Editor Commands (Editor) |
| control commands Editor Commands (Editor) |
| exiting EX - Exit (Editor) |
| features Operation of the Editor (Editor) |
| invoking Entering the Editor: EDIT Command (Editor) |
| messages Summary of Editor Messages (Editor) |
| operation Operation of the Editor (Editor) |
| quick reference guide (V10.0) Quick Reference Guides (Other Documents) |
| reduced command set for SP-EDIT Action Code 8 Edit Print Job and SP-EDIT (Spooler) |
| stacking commands P - Prestore (Editor), Editor Commands (Editor) |
| suppressing output Editor Commands (Editor) |
| Editorial changes RWS_ED_DELETE (RealWeb), RWS_ED_INSERT (RealWeb) |
| Edits |
| undoing X - Undo (Editor), Undo Command (Screen Editor), U - Undo (Screen Editor), XF - Undo all (Editor) |
| EESEARCH command EESEARCH Command (English) |
| Efficiency guidelines Efficiency Guidelines (DataBasic) |
| Eject page PAGE Statement (DataBasic) |
| ELSE clause Using the THEN/ELSE and ON ERROR Clauses (DataBasic) |
| EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT function EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT_ITEM function EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT_ITEM Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_AUTH_DETAILS function EM_ADD_AUTH_DETAILS Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_DELIVERY_DETAILS function EM_ADD_DELIVERY_DETAILS Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_HTML_TEXT function EM_ADD_HTML_TEXT Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ADD_PLAIN_TEXT function EM_ADD_PLAIN_TEXT Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_DEFINE_CONFIG function EM_DEFINE_CONFIG Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ENABLE_DEBUG function EM_ENABLE_DEBUG Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_ERROR_DETAILS variable DataBasic Email API |
| EM_LINK_DATA common variable EM_ADD_HTML_TEXT Function (DataBasic Email API), EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT_ITEM Function (DataBasic Email API), EM_ADD_ATTACHMENT Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_SEND_EMAIL function EM_SEND_EMAIL Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| EM_START_EMAIL function EM_START_EMAIL Function (DataBasic Email API) |
| Email See also Alerts |
| DataBasic Email API DataBasic Email API |
| DataBasic TCP example Program Examples using Interprocess Communication (DataBasic) |
| HTML form RWS_FORM (RealWeb), RW_START_HTML_FORM (RealWeb) |
| Embedded Basic subroutines ACCESS Statement (DataBasic), Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic), ACCESS Function (DataBasic), CALL Code - Call Subroutine (English) |
| debugging Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| examples Embedded Basic Examples (DataBasic) |
| writing How to Write an Embedded Basic Subroutine (DataBasic) |
| EMBEDDED.OPTIONS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Empty lines I - Insert (Editor), Creating Null Attributes (Editor), Creating English Dictionary Items (Screen Editor) |
| Emulation |
| selecting Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Installation (Windows Installation Guide), Installation (Windows Installation Guide), mkdbase Menu Interface (Host administration) |
| ENABLE command ENABLE command |
| ENABLE-BREAK-KEY command BREAK-KEY-ON command |
| ENABLE-LOGONS command ENABLE-LOGONS command, EVFU-SETUP command, Locking and Unlocking a Database (Host) |
| Enabling |
| BREAK key BREAK-KEY-ON command |
| callback PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| subroutines A First RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| user logon SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| ENCRYPT function ENCRYPT Function (DataBasic) |
| Encrypted data |
| copying to another host Data Encryption |
| Encryption See Data encryption |
| ENCRYPT-SET command ENCRYPT-SET command (TCL) |
| END command END command (DataBasic), END command (DataBasic debugger) |
| End of item B - Bottom (Editor), B - Bottom (Screen Editor) |
| End of line CTRL+R - Cursor Far Right (Screen Editor) |
| END statement END Statement (DataBasic) |
| End-of-job delay |
| npu Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ENGDIVIDE environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| English Introduction to Reality, Database Management Facilities, Introduction to English (English) |
| beginners' guide Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| command Database Management Facilities |
| command definition item Command Definition Items |
| commands TCL and General User Commands (TCL), Getting Data from your Database (RealWeb) |
| conversions MV command (Proc) |
| dictionary items Creating English Dictionary Items (Screen Editor) |
| generated lists SYSFILES Account |
| HTML from See HTML from English |
| macros See English macros |
| quick reference guide (V10.0) Quick Reference Guides (Other Documents) |
| statements Proc Tips (Proc) |
| English macros Glossary (Glossary), English Macros (English) |
| calling another macro General Rules for Macros (English) |
| calls General Rules for Macros (English) |
| clean log admininstration Using English to Examine a Clean Log or Error Log (Resilience) |
| comment lines General Rules for Macros (English) |
| creating Creating a Macro (English) |
| examples Macro Examples (English) |
| names General Rules for Macros (English) |
| replacing default output Macro to Replace a Default Output Specification (English) |
| rules General Rules for Macros (English) |
| with USING clause General Rules for Macros (English) |
| ENGLISH-TUTORIAL account Training Accounts |
| Enlarging |
| database Creating and Removing a Database (Host) |
| ENTER key I - Insert (Editor), Return (Screen Editor), RETURN Key (Editor) |
| ENTER statement ENTER Statement (DataBasic) |
| Entering Assembly Debugger DE{BUG} command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Environment |
| host Differences between UNIX and Windows (Host environment), Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Reality in the Host Environment (Host environment), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| settings Environment Settings (SSM), SSM Option 4 - Define Environment Settings |
| ENVIRONMENT file SYSFILES Account |
| MVSTYLEITEMLOCKS Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALACC Starting Reality Automatically (Host), Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| REALADMINKEY Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALBREAK Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Reality Break Character (Host) |
| REALCASEINSENSITIVE Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALCIP_LOGLIMIT Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALCIP_RLOGSPACECRITICAL Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALCLOGPREFIX Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALCOMPTAPEIMAGE Overview of Tape Operations (Tape), Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALDBASE Reality Software (Host environment), Starting Reality Automatically (Host), Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| REALDUMP Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALIDLEDESPOOLERSLEEP Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALLISTALLLOCKS Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALLOGLEVEL Reality Software (Host environment), Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALMAXLOGSIZE Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALNOAUTOSTART Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALNOREJECTCLEAR Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALOLDLOGDIR Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALOLDLOGMAX Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALOLDSAVE Notes on Save and Restore, Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALPLIDFORMAT Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALPRIORITYINC SET-PRIORITY command, Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALRESERVERLTYXDSP Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALRESERVEROSFS Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALRESERVERSCSRVR Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALRESERVERWSRVR Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALRESERVESQLSRVR Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALROOT Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALTAPE Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALTLDUMPDEN Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALTLDUMPSIZE Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALUSEMMAP Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALUSER Starting Reality Automatically (Host), Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| REPLICATEITEMLOCKS Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| reserved ports MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| RFSSETFREE Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| ROSSTYLEITEMLOCKS Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| RWSMAXSIZE Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| UC_TLI_CONNECT_TO Environment Variables for Windows (Host), General Administration Tasks (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| EOF, writing WEOF Statement (DataBasic) |
| Epilogues |
| assignment to FQ FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| introducing Printer Control Features (Spooler) |
| EQS function EQS Function (DataBasic) |
| EQU statement See EQUATE statement |
| EQUATE statement Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic), EQUATE Statement (DataBasic), EQUATE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| ERASE key Remote Mode (REMLOG) |
| EREPLACE function EREPLACE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| ERETHROW statement ERETHROW Statement |
| ERRMSG file Glossary (Glossary), LOAD-LANG (TCL), IF E command (Proc), STOP Statement (DataBasic), Logon Processor, PRINTERR Statement (DataBasic), SYSFILES Account, ABORT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Error codes |
| cNISRbRscLink class cNISRbRscLink Errors (Remote Basic) |
| file I/O File I/O and IPC Error Codes (DataBasic) |
| IPC File I/O and IPC Error Codes (DataBasic) |
| Error log Types of Log File (Resilience) |
| attributes Using English to Examine a Clean Log or Error Log (Resilience) |
| examining with DataBasic Using DataBasic to Examine a Clean Log or Error Log (Resilience) |
| examining with English Using English to Examine a Clean Log or Error Log (Resilience) |
| <30002> Open of partition failed Common User Problems and Solutions |
| <30020> Database needs checking Common User Problems and Solutions |
| <49004> logons inhibited Common User Problems and Solutions |
| <49017> Too many connections Common User Problems and Solutions |
| daemon log Reality Software (Host environment) |
| REMLOG Error Messages (REMLOG) |
| save procedures Notes on Save and Restore |
| Unable to access the config file realevent |
| Error numbers Troubleshooting (UNIX Installation Guide), Log Files, Troubleshooting (Windows Installation Guide), perror (Host administration) |
| Error testing IF E command (Proc) |
| Errors |
| compiler Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic), Using Alternative Compilers (DataBasic) |
| despooler Checking for Spooler Errors (Spooler) |
| disk space Common User Problems and Solutions |
| file creation Common User Problems and Solutions |
| logging on Common User Problems and Solutions |
| networking Networking Problems |
| operating system software VERIFY-SYSTEM command |
| RealWeb Debugging your RealWeb Subroutines - RW_DEBUG (RealWeb) |
| run-time RUN command (DataBasic) |
| tape Common User Problems and Solutions |
| terminals Common User Problems and Solutions, Common User Problems and Solutions |
| ESC key I - Input Mode (Screen Editor), O - Overtype (Screen Editor) |
| ESCAPE parameter Local Mode (REMLOG), Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| Escape sequence Remote Mode (REMLOG) |
| ESEARCH command ESEARCH Command (English) |
| Ethernet address |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| null-network The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Ethernet LAN Card PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| ETHROW statement ETHROW Statement |
| size Log Files (Windows), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Events See Alerts |
| Events, onClick RWA_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_BUTTON (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| EVERY modifier Selection Criteria (English) |
| EX command P - Prestore (Editor), EX - Exit (Editor) |
| EXCEPT.MSG() function EXCEPT.MSG() Function |
| EXCEPT.NUM() function EXCEPT.NUM() Function |
| EXCEPT.STK() function EXCEPT.STK() Function |
| Exception handler, DataBasic DataBasic Exception Handler |
| Excluding accounts/files from save Notes on Save and Restore |
| EXEC.BASIC.OBJ environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| execute method Example Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Extending the RSC Class (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| EXECUTE statement EXECUTE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| executeQuery() Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Executing |
| programs Executing a Proc (Proc) |
| TCL commands PERFORM Statement (DataBasic), Proc Tips (Proc) |
| Execution locks Glossary (Glossary), Locking (DataBasic), Execution and Item Locks (DataBasic), Locks and the Locking Systems |
| listing LIST-EXECUTION-LOCKS command |
| resetting UNLOCK Statement (DataBasic), CLEAR-BASIC-LOCKS command |
| setting LOCK Statement (DataBasic), P command (Proc) |
| Exit codes |
| npu npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| exit command Local Mode (REMLOG), Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| EXIT statement LOOP Statement (DataBasic), FOR Statement (DataBasic) |
| Exiting |
| Editor EX - Exit (Editor) |
| item list FI - File (Editor), FD - File Delete (Editor), FS - File Save (Editor) |
| Proc ( ) command (Proc), X command (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| Screen Editor X - Exit (Screen Editor) |
| EXK command EX - Exit (Editor) |
| EXKO command EX - Exit (Editor) |
| EXO command EX - Exit (Editor) |
| EXP function EXP Function (DataBasic) |
| Expanding |
| automatically sized files AFS-EXPAND command, Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| compressed DataBasic items ECOPY command (DataBasic) |
| database realfstab File (Host administration) |
| Explode |
| attributes SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| multivalues or subvalues SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Exploding |
| indexes MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| sort Sort Criteria (English), READNEXT Statement (DataBasic), READPREV Statement (DataBasic) |
| EXPLORER.SECURITY file Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| Expressions |
| arithmetic Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic) |
| logical Logical Expressions (DataBasic) |
| operator precedence Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic) |
| relational Relational Expressions (DataBasic) |
| string String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| EXT.MATCH compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Extending |
| user licences Licences |
| External |
| access security Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| components, removing Reality External Components, Installation Guide |
| routine Glossary (Glossary) |
| External read E - External Read (Screen Editor) |
| External subroutine Efficient Use of Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic), SUBROUTINE Statement (DataBasic), Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic), See also Embedded Basic subroutines; External, function; RealWeb subroutine; Remote Basic; Subroutine |
| calling [ ] command (Proc), CALL Statement (DataBasic) |
| EXTERNAL.KEY compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| EXTERNAL.KEY environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| EXTRACT function EXTRACT Function (DataBasic) |
| Extracting |
| characters G Code - Group Extraction (English), MC Codes - Mask Character (English), T Code - Text Extraction (English) |
| data from XML documents XML Extraction (XML) |
| elements from dynamic arrays Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| substrings DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), Substring Extraction (DataBasic) |
F
| F conversion code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| @ operator F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| arithmetic operators F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| conditional operator F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| examples F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| format codes F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| logical operators F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| miscellaneous operators F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| multivalues F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| operator summary F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| push operators F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| pushdown stack F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| relational operators F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| S operator F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| scaler F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| F(semi-colon) F; command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| alternative link Defining/Redefining a FailSafe Database (Resilience - FailSafe), Use Alternative Failsafe Link (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| configuring Configuring a FailSafe Pair (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| daemons Reality Software (Host environment) |
| database recovery FailSafe Database Recovery (Resilience - FailSafe), FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| defining Defining/Redefining a FailSafe Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| logging link FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| multiple databases FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| password logging Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| reconfiguring/checking Checking/Reconfiguring Databases Prior to Recovery (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| redefining Defining/Redefining a FailSafe Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| reference manual (RealityX 3.1) Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| resynchronising Resynchronising Databases for Normal FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe), TL-RESTORE (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| services Reality Software (Host environment) |
| toggling Swapping Primary and Secondary Databases and Continuing FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| unlocking Unlocking a FailSafe Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| use with Disaster Recovery Reality Disaster Recovery (Resilience - Disaster Recovery) |
| Fallback route See Alternative link |
| Fast backup See Physical saves |
| Fast buffer File Buffers (PQN) (Proc), FB command (Proc) |
| FATAL.WARNINGS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| FATAL.WARNINGS option WF command (DataBasic debugger), Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| FB command FB command (Proc) |
| F-CLEAR (F-C) command F-CLEAR command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| FD command P - Prestore (Editor), FD - File Delete (Editor) |
| FDB-CLEAR command FDB-CLEAR (TCL) |
| FDB-SET command FDB-SET (TCL) |
| FDB-SHOW command FDB-SHOW (TCL) |
| F-DELETE (F-D) command F-DELETE command (Proc) |
| FDK command FD - File Delete (Editor) |
| FDKO command FD - File Delete (Editor) |
| FDO command FD - File Delete (Editor) |
| FE conversion code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| Features Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb), Proc Features (Proc) |
| software SETUP-ACCOUNT, LIST FEATURES command |
| FEATURES file LIST FEATURES command, SYSFILES Account |
| F-FREE (F-F) command F-FREE command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| FI command P - Prestore (Editor), FI - File (Editor), Operation of the Editor (Editor) |
| FIELD function FIELD Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), FIELD Function (DataBasic) |
| Field read FIELDREAD (TCL) |
| LOAD-FR command LOAD-FR (TCL) |
| set up SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| FIELDREAD command FIELDREAD (TCL) |
| Fields |
| extracting FIELDS Function (DataBasic), GROUP Function (DataBasic), FIELD Function (DataBasic) |
| grouping RWS_FIELDSET (RealWeb) |
| hidden RW_HIDDEN (RealWeb), RWA_HIDDEN (RealWeb) |
| labelling RWS_LABEL (RealWeb) |
| text RWA_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb), RWA_TEXT_AREA (RealWeb), RW_TEXT_AREA (RealWeb) |
| fields |
| how to style Font Styles |
| FIELDS function FIELDS Function (DataBasic) |
| Fieldset RW_START_FIELDSET (RealWeb), RW_END_FIELDSET (RealWeb) |
| FIK command FI - File (Editor) |
| FIKO command FI - File (Editor) |
| File buffers |
| clearing F-OPEN command (Proc), F-CLEAR command (Proc) |
| closing F-KLOSE command (Proc) |
| deleting an item from F-DELETE command (Proc) |
| not in PQ Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc) |
| opening F-OPEN command (Proc) |
| reading an item into F-READ command (Proc) |
| referencing File Buffers (PQN) (Proc) |
| using File Buffers (PQN) (Proc) |
| writing to item F-WRITE command (Proc) |
| FILE connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| FILE devices Output Devices (Spooler) |
| File size monitor Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| sizemon sizemon (Host administration) |
| SIZE-MONITOR command SIZE-MONITOR command |
| File sizing |
| automatic See Automatic file sizing |
| File statistics ACCOUNT-FILE-STATS command, LIST-FILE-STATS command, File Statistics Reports, ALL-FILE-STATS command |
| for indexes Selecting the Modulo for an Index (File and File Index Management) |
| File system default table Starting Shadow Database on UNIX (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| File transfer See SFT |
| associating with a file File Triggers, How to Associate a Trigger with a File (DataBasic) |
| debugging Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| dos and don'ts Triggers Dos and Don'ts (DataBasic) |
| examples Embedded Basic Examples (DataBasic) |
| FILE-SAVE command FILE-SAVE, Backup Methods used by tlmenu (Resilience), Overview of Save and Restore, File Statistics Reports |
| exclude accounts/files Notes on Save and Restore |
| Proc modification FILE-SAVE |
| FILEINFO function FILEINFO Function (DataBasic) |
| Filename |
| displaying while editing ?I (Editor) |
| expansion Special Characters (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| format File Structure |
| syntax General Conventions, File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| FILEPATH function FILEPATH Function (DataBasic) |
| filepaths |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Files |
| $HOME/.rhosts User Equivalence (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| .remlog Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| .sftrc File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| /etc/hosts Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/hosts.equiv User Equivalence (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/inetd.conf Location-based Security (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/init.d/rcs Changing the Session Manager Parameters (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), Session Manager (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/PLIDHOSTS-FILE User Equivalence (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /etc/ROUTE-FILE UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /usr/adm/RCS/NPU_ERROR_LOG npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| /usr/RCS/bin/netadmin UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| access protection SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM), Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys |
| access to Introduction to Accounts |
| backing up File Definition Item |
| clearing CLEARFILE Statement (DataBasic) |
| clearing items from CLEAR-FILE (TCL) |
| comparing COMPARE (TCL), COMP (TCL) |
| converting case sensitivity CONVERT-FILE command |
| copying Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| copyrights Reality Software (Host environment) |
| creating Introduction to File and File Index Management, Creating Files (File and File Index Management), CREATE-FILE (TCL) |
| CSV MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| CSYM BREF command (DataBasic), BASIC command (DataBasic) |
| data section LISTDFILES (TCL) |
| definition item Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic), File Definition Item (English), Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys |
| deleting DELETE-FILE (TCL) |
| dictionary Database Structure, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Data Definition Item (English), Data Level Descriptor, Data Definition Item, Index Definition Item |
| DSN Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| encrypted Data Encryption |
| ERRMSG LOAD-LANG (TCL), STOP Statement (DataBasic), PRINTERR Statement (DataBasic), ABORT Statement (DataBasic) |
| event log Log Files (Windows), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| excluding from transactions File Definition Item |
| file definition item File Definition Item |
| host Sequential File Access (DataBasic), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| hyper files See Hyper files |
| I/O error codes File I/O and IPC Error Codes (DataBasic) |
| installed Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| item See Item |
| listing Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| log Log Files, Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| modifier MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue), File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| moving MOVE-FILE (TCL) |
| name See Files, specifier |
| old.EVENT_LOG Log Files (Windows), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| opening OPENSEQ Statement (DataBasic), Programming Hints (DataBasic), File Open and Close (DataBasic), OPEN Statement (DataBasic) |
| PDF How to use the Online Documentation |
| POINTER-FILE See POINTER-FILE file |
| REALWEB.SECURITY RealWeb Security (RealWeb), Setting up RealWeb Users and Accounts (RealWeb), A First RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| remote access UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration), Setting-up Remote File Access (Networking) |
| renaming RENAME-FILE (TCL) |
| resizing utility realresize (Host administration), Improving Database Efficiency (Host), Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| restoring Restore Procedures |
| restricting access to RealWeb Security (RealWeb) |
| ROUTE-FILE See ROUTE-FILE |
| saving File Definition Item |
| searching SEARCH (TCL) |
| security Security |
| sequential access to Sequential File Access (DataBasic) |
| server Glossary (Glossary) |
| service.cfg Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| session log Log Files (Windows), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| single-level Data Level Descriptor |
| size monitoring Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| sizing Manual Resizing (File and File Index Management), Selecting the Modulo for a File (File and File Index Management), Sizing Files and Indexes (File and File Index Management) |
| sorting Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| specifier General Conventions, File Structure, File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| statistics reports See File statistics |
| structure File Structure, File and Item Structures |
| subroutine lookup SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| synonym definition item Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, SET-FILE (TCL), File Synonym Definition Item, Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys |
| sysstart Database Setup (Host) |
| SYSTEM See SYSTEM dictionary |
| TCP/IP hosts PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| triggers See File triggers |
| two-level File Structure |
| types Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| WINSNI.INI PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| Filestore database Creating and Removing a Database (Host), Creating and Removing a Database (Host), An Overview of Reality Administration |
| Filing See Saving |
| Filters, alerts realevent |
| FIND command FIND (TCL) |
| FIND statement FIND Statement (DataBasic) |
| Finding |
| text L - Locate (Editor), / Command (Editor) |
| values in dynamic arrays LOCATE Statement (DataBasic), FIND Statement (DataBasic) |
| FINDSTR statement FINDSTR Statement (DataBasic) |
| FIO command FI - File (Editor) |
| Firewall, Windows Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Fix Installing Updates (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Fixed-pitch text RW_FIXED_OFF (RealWeb), RW_FIXED_ON (RealWeb) |
| F-KLOSE (F-K) command F-KLOSE command (Proc) |
| Flags |
| DDA Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Flipping buffers F - Flip (Editor) |
| FLOAT data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| FLOPPYTOTAPE command MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| FLUSH Statement FLUSH Statement (DataBasic) |
| FMT function FMT Function (DataBasic) |
| FOLD function FOLD Function (DataBasic) |
| Font |
| colour RWS_FONT (RealWeb) |
| size RWS_FONT (RealWeb) |
| style RWS_FONT (RealWeb) |
| fonts Font Styles |
| Footers RWS_TABLE_FOOT (RealWeb) |
| FOOTING modifier HEADING and FOOTING Modifiers (English), Format Specification (English) |
| FOOTING options HEADING and FOOTING Modifiers (English) |
| FOOTING statement FOOTING Statement (DataBasic) |
| F-OPEN (F-O) command F-OPEN command (Proc), F-CLEAR command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| FOR |
| connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| statement FOR Statement (DataBasic) |
| ForceFreeSpaceUpd parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| ForcePasswordCheck parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Foreign databases |
| creating files FDB-SET (TCL), Creating Files (File and File Index Management), FDB-SHOW (TCL) |
| Reality files on foreign databases Introduction to Reality, File Definition Item |
| saving and restoring files Notes on Save and Restore, Restore Procedures |
| SQL view files Introduction to Reality, SQL-VIEW (TCL) |
| Foreign key Option 3: View Table Definitions (SQL) |
| updating Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| submitting RWA_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| form titles |
| how to style Font Styles |
| FORM.QUEUES file Spooler File Formats (Spooler), SYSFILES Account |
| maintenance FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Format |
| codes F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| mask ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English), Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| specification clause Format Specification (English) |
| strings PRINT Statement (DataBasic), Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| Formatted printer output L command (Proc) |
| attributes RWA_TAG_ATTR (RealWeb) |
| options Entering the Editor: EDIT Command (Editor) |
| text RW_TAG (RealWeb), RWA_TAG_ATTR (RealWeb), Text Formatting (RealWeb), RWA_TAG (RealWeb), RWS_TAG (RealWeb) |
| Form-feeds |
| end-of-job Action Code 5 Change Page Skip and SP-SKIP (Spooler), Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| forming complete print job SP-EJECT - Ejecting Blank Pages from a Printer (Spooler) |
| FORM-LIST command FORM-LIST Command (English) |
| FORMLIST statement FORMLIST Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Formqueue Glossary (Glossary), SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler), Formqueues (Spooler) |
| associating UNIX printer with UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| banner FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| clearing Action Code 14 Clear Queue and SP-CLEAR (Spooler) |
| control program FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| creating Action Code 1 Create Queue and SP-CREATE (Spooler), Formqueues (Spooler) |
| default job file FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| definition item Spooler File Formats (Spooler) |
| deleting Action Code 7 Delete Queue and SP-FQDELETE (Spooler) |
| deleting all jobs Action Code 14 Clear Queue and SP-CLEAR (Spooler) |
| description FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| despooler assignment FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| despooler startup Action Code 9 Start Despooler and START-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| epilogue item-id FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| FORM.QUEUES file maintenance (FQM) FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| killing Action Code 12 Kill Printing and SP-KILL (Spooler) |
| listing print jobs SP-FORMQUEUE - Listing All Print Jobs in a Formqueue (Spooler) |
| managing SP-STATUS (Spooler), Action Code 4 Reset Selection (Spooler), SP-JOBS (Spooler), Action Code 1 Switch View (Spooler) |
| moving job to top Action Code 10 Top Priority and SP-PRIORITY (Spooler) |
| moving jobs Action Code 1 Switch All Jobs and SP-MOVEQ (Spooler), Action Code 2 Switch One Job and SP-SWITCH (Spooler) |
| page skip FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| printer page FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| private queue reference FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| prologue item-id FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| public and private Formqueues (Spooler) |
| remote printing to Remote Printing (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| restarting Action Code 7 Resume Printing and SP-RESUME (Spooler) |
| ROUTE-FILE entries Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| status Action Code 2 SP-STATUS and SP-STATUS (Spooler), SP-STATUS (Spooler), Status Conditions and Values (Spooler), Action Code 11 SP-STATUS and SP-STATUS (Spooler) |
| stopping Action Code 6 Stop Printing and SP-STOP (Spooler), SP-SUMMARY and Related Procedures (Spooler) |
| suspending Action Code 9 Suspend Printing and SP-SUSPEND (Spooler) |
| tape FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| top of form line skip FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| type FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| with multiple despoolers Example of Setting Up Multiple Formqueues and Despoolers (Spooler) |
| Forms Forms (RealWeb) |
| data entered into RW_GET_PARAM (RealWeb), RW_SET_PARAM (RealWeb) |
| FQM command FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Fragmentation |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Frame File Structure |
| size File Structure, mkdbase Command Line Interface (Host administration), OPTIMUM-FRAME-SIZE command |
| Frames (HTML) RW_END_FRAMESET (RealWeb), Frames (RealWeb), RW_IFRAME (RealWeb), RWS_NOFRAME (RealWeb), RW_START_FRAMESET (RealWeb), RW_FRAME (RealWeb) |
| FrameSize parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| F-READ (F-R) command F-READ command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| Free space availability Determining Free Space Availability |
| Freeze points, Veritas realdump |
| FS command Operation of the Editor (Editor), FS - File Save (Editor), XF - Undo all (Editor) |
| F-S command F-S |
| FS conversion code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| FSCALE compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| FSCheckpointPath parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| FSK command FS - File Save (Editor) |
| FSKO command FS - File Save (Editor) |
| FSO command FS - File Save (Editor) |
| Full network Glossary (Glossary), Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| FUNCTION statement FUNCTION Statement (DataBasic) |
| Functions Statements and Intrinsic Functions (DataBasic), Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic) |
| external FUNCTION Statement (DataBasic), Efficient Use of Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic), DEFFUN Statement (DataBasic), Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic) |
| using symbols instead of EQUATE Statement (DataBasic), $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| F-UREAD (F-UR) command F-UREAD command (Proc) |
| F-WRITE (F-W) command F-WRITE command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
G
| G |
| command P - Prestore (Editor), G - Go To Line Number (Screen Editor), G - Goto (Editor), IF command (Multivalued) (Proc), G command (Proc) |
| conversion code G Code - Group Extraction (English) |
| G command G command (DataBasic debugger) |
| GENML command GENML, SGENML Commands (English) |
| GES function GES Function (DataBasic) |
| get command get Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), Transferring Files (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| GET-INDEX command GET-INDEX (TCL) |
| GET-LIST command GET-LIST Command (English) |
| GETLIST statement GETLIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| GETMSG function GETMSG Function (DataBasic) |
| getParam method Example Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| getTables method RealSQLDatabaseMetaData (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| getUserName method RealSQLDatabaseMetaData (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| GFB Glossary (Glossary) |
| GFE Glossary (Glossary), FILE-SAVE, M-A-S, F-S, Overview of Save and Restore, File Statistics Reports, ACCOUNT-SAVE |
| GLIST compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Global File Blocks (GFBs) MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| Global logon program Logon Processor, GLOBAL.MD Account |
| GLOBAL.MD account GLOBAL.MD Account |
| Glossary Glossary (Glossary), Glossary (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC), Glossary (RealWeb), Reality External Components, Installation Guide |
| GO B command M command (Proc), GO B command (Proc) |
| GO command GO command (Proc), G command (Proc) |
| GO F command GO F command (Proc), M command (Proc) |
| Go to line number G - Go To Line Number (Screen Editor), Different Ways to Display Lines (Screen Editor) |
| GOSUB |
| command GOSUB command (Proc), IF command (Multivalued) (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| statement GOSUB Statement (DataBasic), Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic) |
| GOTO |
| command G command (Proc) |
| statement GOTO Statement (DataBasic) |
| Grace period |
| user licences Licences |
| GRAND-TOTAL modifier GRAND-TOTAL Modifier (English), Format Specification (English), Combining TOTAL, GRAND-TOTAL, and BREAK-ON (English) |
| GRANT statement GRANT Statement (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| Granting privileges Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL), GRANT Statement (SQL) |
| Graphics RW_IMAGE (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE (RealWeb) |
| Group |
| extraction G Code - Group Extraction (English) |
| format error See GFE |
| locks Glossary (Glossary), Glossary (Glossary), Locking (DataBasic), LIST-GROUP-LOCKS command, Locks and the Locking Systems |
| GROUP function GROUPSTORE Statement (DataBasic), GROUP Function (DataBasic), GROUP Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Grouping form elements RW_START_FIELDSET (RealWeb), RWS_FIELDSET (RealWeb), RW_END_FIELDSET (RealWeb), RWS_LEGEND (RealWeb) |
| Groups File Structure |
| GROUPSTORE statement GROUPSTORE Statement (DataBasic) |
| GSSM Using the GSSM Command (SSM) |
| list maintenance Using the GSSM Command (SSM), New Features (Release Information) |
H
| H command H - Hexadecimal (Editor), Input/Output Buffers (Proc), H command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc), STON command (Proc), H - Half Screen Line Number (Screen Editor) |
| H.<string> directory Database Structure (Host environment) |
| Half screen line number Different Ways to Display Lines (Screen Editor) |
| Halting program execution STOP Statement (DataBasic), ABORT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Hardcopy printing Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| Hash part of URL Passing Data to a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| Hashes when reading from a file Common User Problems and Solutions |
| Hashing Glossary (Glossary), File Structure |
| statistics Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| HASH-TEST command HASH-TEST (TCL) |
| HashType parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| HDR-SUPP modifier Format Specification (English) |
| Header |
| length SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| table RWS_TABLE_HEAD (RealWeb), RWS_TABLE_HEADER (RealWeb) |
| HEADER modifier HEADING and FOOTING Modifiers (English), Format Specification (English) |
| HEADING modifier HEADING and FOOTING Modifiers (English), Format Specification (English) |
| options HEADING and FOOTING Modifiers (English) |
| HEADING statement PRINT Statement (DataBasic), HEADING Statement (DataBasic) |
| Headings RWS_HEADING (RealWeb), Data Definition Item (English) |
| Heartbeat Resilience Options (Resilience), Overview of Resilience Options (Resilience) |
| entry Heartbeat Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| reference manual Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| ROUTE-FILE entries for Connecting to a Heartbeat System (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Help ? - Help (Screen Editor), Screen Editor Help (Screen Editor) |
| help command help Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| Hexadecimal |
| display format H - Hexadecimal (Editor) |
| to binary conversion XTB command (TCL) |
| to decimal conversion XTD command (TCL), XTD Function (DataBasic) |
| Hidden fields RW_HIDDEN (RealWeb), RWA_HIDDEN (RealWeb) |
| Highlight |
| function Entering the Screen Editor: SEDIT Command (Screen Editor) |
| line + - Highlight Line (Screen Editor) |
| Hilite capability, RUNOFF command RUNOFF (TCL) |
| Hold file numbers Proc Tips (Proc) |
| Holding a print job Print Jobs (Spooler) |
| re-queueing held jobs Action Code 19 Re-queue Hold File and SP-QUEUEHOLD (Spooler) |
| Horizontal |
| rule RW_RULE (RealWeb), RWA_RULE (RealWeb) |
| spacer RWA_HSPACE (RealWeb), RW_HSPACE (RealWeb) |
| Host |
| backup utilities Backup and Recovery on the Host (Host) |
| command line security SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| directory DV.SEARCH, DIR-VIEW (TCL) |
| file Sequential File Access (DataBasic) |
| integration Reality/Host Integration (Host environment), SYS (TCL) |
| name Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Connection Parameters (RealWeb), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| printers BUILD.PRINTERS (Spooler) |
| Reality on Reality on the Host (Host) |
| Reality utilities Host Utilities (Host) |
| remote PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| requirements System Requirements (SQL) |
| restricting access SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| service port PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| setting PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide) |
| UNIX PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| Host environment Reality in the Host Environment (Host environment) |
| special file interface MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| Host platforms |
| differences between Differences between UNIX and Windows (Host environment) |
| Host text file, special view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| Host-based logging ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| Hosts file PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| hosts.equiv file Network Security Features (Networking) |
| HOTEL account Training Accounts |
| HTML Outgoing Web Services - Examples, Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Debugging (JReal), RW_SET_TYPE (RealWeb), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| books about Related Documents (RealWeb) |
| generating XT Code - Generate HTML (English) |
| insertion Text and HTML Insertion (RealWeb) |
| outgoing web services |
| examples Outgoing Web Services - Examples |
| page RW_END_PAGE (RealWeb), RW_START_HTML_PAGE (RealWeb) |
| HTML from English HTML from English (HTML from English), Writing a Web Page Template (HTML from English), Writing a Conversion Template (HTML from English) |
| HTML tags |
| adding to text RW_TAG (RealWeb), RWA_TAG_ATTR (RealWeb), RWA_TAG (RealWeb), RWS_TAG (RealWeb) |
| generating RWS_GENTAG (RealWeb), RW_GENTAG (RealWeb) |
| HttpServlet Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| HttpServletRequest Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| HttpServletResponse Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| Hung terminal Common User Problems and Solutions, Common User Problems and Solutions |
| HUSH command HUSH (TCL) |
| Hushed Logons |
| set up SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| Hyper files |
| about Hyper Files |
| adding indexes HYPER-ADD-INDEX command |
| adding sections HYPER-ADD command |
| clearing items from CLEAR-FILE (TCL) |
| creating HYPER-CREATE command |
| creating indexes HYPER-CREATE-INDEX command |
| deleting DELETE-FILE (TCL) |
| editing HYPER-EDIT command |
| example of creating a hyper file Example of Creating a Hyper File |
| listing H-pointers HYPER-LIST command |
| reconciling HYPER-RECONCILE command |
| removing indexes HYPER-REMOVE-INDEX command |
| removing sections HYPER-REMOVE command |
| validating HYPER-VALIDATE command |
| verifying indexes HYPER-VERIFY-INDEX command |
| HYPER-ADD command HYPER-ADD command |
| HYPER-ADD-INDEX command HYPER-ADD-INDEX command |
| HYPER-CREATE command HYPER-CREATE command |
| HYPER-CREATE-INDEX command HYPER-CREATE-INDEX command |
| HYPER-EDIT command HYPER-EDIT command |
| HYPER-LIST command HYPER-LIST command |
| HYPER-RECONCILE command HYPER-RECONCILE command |
| HYPER-REMOVE command HYPER-REMOVE command |
| HYPER-REMOVE-INDEX command HYPER-REMOVE-INDEX command |
| HYPER-VALIDATE command HYPER-VALIDATE command |
| HYPER-VERIFY-INDEX command HYPER-VERIFY-INDEX command |
I
| I command I - Input Mode (Screen Editor), I - Insert (Editor) |
| IBH command IBH command (Proc), Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| IBN command IBN command (Proc) |
| IBP command Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc), IBP command (Proc) |
| ICL, Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| icons |
| how to style Font Styles |
| ICONV function Conversions (DataBasic), Conversions (DataBasic), Conversions (DataBasic), ICONV Function (DataBasic) |
| ICONVS function ICONVS Function (DataBasic) |
| ICOUNT command ICOUNT (TCL) |
| IDATE-WINDOW command IDATE-WINDOW command (TCL) |
| IDateWindow parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Identifiers Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| IDI Glossary (Glossary), NSAP Format Options (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| IDP Glossary (Glossary), NSAP Format Options (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ID-SUPP modifier Format Specification (English) |
| I-DUMP command I-DUMP Command (English) |
| IF command IF command (Proc), TR command (Proc) |
| mask IF command (with Mask) (Proc) |
| multivalued IF command (Multivalued) (Proc) |
| IF connective Selection Criteria (English) |
| IF E command Input/Output Buffers (Proc), IF E command (Proc) |
| IF S command IF S command (Proc) |
| IF statement IF Statement (DataBasic), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| IF/ELSE statement IF/ELSE Statement (SQL) |
| IFN command IFN command (Proc) |
| IFS function IFS Function (DataBasic) |
| IH command IH command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| IIDCaseControl parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| ILOCKS keyword |
| MAKE-SPECIAL command Database Configuration Parameters (Host), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| ILUPD.DATE predefined item Data Definition Item (English) |
| ILUPD.TIME predefined item Data Definition Item (English) |
| ILUPD.TS predefined item Data Definition Item (English) |
| Image button RWA_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| Images RW_IMAGE (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE (RealWeb) |
| before and after Raw Log Configuration (Resilience) |
| IMG.VERIFY command IMG.VERIFY |
| Immediate disconnect |
| set up SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| IN |
| command IN command (Proc) |
| connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| statement IN Statement (DataBasic) |
| IN command Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| Inactivity timeout |
| set up SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| INCLUDE statement Including Common Code (DataBasic), BLIST command (DataBasic), INCLUDE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Including common code Including Common Code (DataBasic) |
| Incoming connections, Windows Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Incoming web services Incoming Web Services |
| Increasing the size of a database Common User Problems and Solutions |
| Incrementing the line pointer N - Next (Editor) |
| Independence, printer PTR Function (DataBasic), Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic), Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic) |
| Independent update Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| Index Glossary (Glossary), Introduction to Reality, Indexing (English), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| accessing Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| case sensitivity CREATE-INDEX (TCL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| changing Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| creating CREATE INDEX Statement (SQL), Application Index Design (SQL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| defining DEFINE-INDEX (TCL), Application Index Design (SQL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| definition item Index Definition Item |
| definitions Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL), SQL Index Definition Fields (SQL), Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL), Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| deleting DELETE-INDEX (TCL), DROP INDEX Statement (SQL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| design Application Index Design (SQL) |
| file statistics for Selecting the Modulo for an Index (File and File Index Management) |
| in database file structure Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| listing Listing Columns and Indexes in Reality (SQL), LIST-INDEXES (TCL), LIST-DBASE-INDEXES, Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| maintaining Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| management of Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| modulo Selecting the Modulo for an Index (File and File Index Management) |
| multiple Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| name in D-pointer Data Level Descriptor |
| read pointer positioning POSITION Statement (DataBasic), LIMIT.INDEX Statement (DataBasic) |
| reading previous item READPREV Statement (DataBasic) |
| recommendations Recommendations for Creating Indexes (SQL) |
| restrictions Restrictions on Creating Indexes (SQL) |
| selecting SELECT, SELECTE Statements (DataBasic) |
| sizing Manual Resizing (File and File Index Management), Selecting the Modulo for an Index (File and File Index Management), Sizing Files and Indexes (File and File Index Management) |
| special view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| TCL commands Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| type SQL Index Definition Fields (SQL) |
| use Using Indexes (DataBasic), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| verifying LIST-INDEXES (TCL), Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| viewing Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| INDEX function INDEX Function (DataBasic) |
| Indexes |
| adding to hyper files HYPER-ADD-INDEX command |
| case sensitivity VERIFY-INDEX (TCL) |
| creating CREATE-INDEX (TCL) |
| creating for hyper files HYPER-CREATE-INDEX command |
| removing from hyper files HYPER-REMOVE-INDEX command |
| verifying VERIFY-INDEX (TCL) |
| verifying in hyper files HYPER-VERIFY-INDEX command |
| Indexing See Index |
| Indirect item File Structure, Item Structure |
| Information you must supply Information You Must Supply (Windows Installation Guide), Information You Must Supply (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| In-group frame File Structure |
| INHIB.MLMR environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| INHIBIT!SYS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| INHIBIT\~ environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| INHIBIT-LOGONS command INHIBIT-LOGONS command, lockdbase (Host administration), Locking and Unlocking a Database (Host) |
| Initial Domain Identifier See IDI |
| Initial Domain Part See IDP |
| Inline frames RW_IFRAME (RealWeb) |
| Inner join Glossary (Glossary), SQL Query Optimisation (SQL), SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| Input buffer Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| active Input/Output Buffers (Proc), Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| clearing RI command (Proc) |
| displaying contents D command (Proc) |
| inserting text IBH command (Proc), IH command (Proc), IBP command (Proc) |
| operation Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| operations RI command (Proc), F command (Proc), IBH command (Proc), IH command (Proc), B command (Proc), S command (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| pointer Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| PQN commands PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| primary Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| secondary Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| transferring a tape command IT command (Proc) |
| Input buffers RWA_DISPLAY_PARAMS (RealWeb), RW_DISPLAY_PARAMS (RealWeb) |
| Input conversions SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Attribute 8 Versus Attribute 7 Processing (English), Conversions (DataBasic), Conversions in an SQL Column Definition (SQL) |
| INPUT CTRL statement INPUT CTRL Statement (DataBasic) |
| Input mode I - Input Mode (Screen Editor), I - Insert (Editor), Mode of Operation (Screen Editor) |
| INPUT statement INPUT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Input/output operations PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| from tape IT command (Proc) |
| from terminal IBN command (Proc), IN command (Proc), IP command (Proc), IBP command (Proc) |
| to printer/terminal L command (Proc), O command (Proc), T command (Proc) |
| INPUT@ statement INPUT@ Statement (DataBasic) |
| format mask INPUT@ Statement (DataBasic) |
| INPUTCLEAR statement INPUTCLEAR Statement (DataBasic) |
| INPUTERROR statement INPUTERROR Statement (DataBasic) |
| in Embedded Basic subroutines How to Write an Embedded Basic Subroutine (DataBasic) |
| INPUTNULL statement INPUTNULL Statement (DataBasic) |
| INPUTTOUT compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| INPUTTRAP statement INPUTTRAP Statement (DataBasic) |
| INS statement INS Statement (DataBasic) |
| INSENS.CREATE.FILE environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Insert |
| mode I - Insert (Editor) |
| INSERT function INSERT Function (DataBasic) |
| INSERT statement INSERT Statement (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| Inserting |
| blank line I - Input Mode (Screen Editor) |
| characters J - Insert Character (Screen Editor), Inserting Characters (Screen Editor) |
| row INSERT Statement (SQL) |
| values Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| values into dynamic arrays INS Statement (DataBasic) |
| INSTALL.ENTRIES file SYSFILES Account |
| install_fix host command Installing Updates (UNIX Installation Guide), install_fix (Host administration) |
| Install_Key Install_Key (Host administration) |
| install_rt install_rt (Host administration) |
| Install_SN Install_SN (Host administration) |
| Installation PCSNI Installation (PCSNI) |
| Installation on UNIX Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Reality External Components, Installation Guide, Reality Web Services (External Components Installation Guide) |
| on-line documentation Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| Reality software Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| Installation on Windows |
| on-line documentation Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Reality software Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| installed file Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Installing |
| remote tape server Remote Tape Server (External Components Installation Guide), install_rt (Host administration) |
| serial number installkeys (Host administration), Install_SN (Host administration) |
| software keys See Software keys |
| updates Installing Updates (UNIX Installation Guide), Installing Updates (Windows Installation Guide), install_fix (Host administration) |
| web services Reality Web Services (External Components Installation Guide) |
| installkeys installkeys (Host administration) |
| Instance |
| of Reality See Database, isolation |
| variables Constructing a Servlet (JReal) |
| INT function INT Function (DataBasic) |
| INT.MD.ONLY environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| INTEGER data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Integer value, returning INT Function (DataBasic) |
| Integrating Reality and UNIX passwords Password Integration (UNIX only) (Host) |
| Interactive file access USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Interactive mode |
| user set up using SSM SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Interface scripts, printer Printer Interface Scripts (UNIX Host Only) (Spooler) |
| Interfaces, JDBC JDBC Interfaces (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Internal attribute pointer Operation of the Editor (Editor) |
| Internal database name CUSTOMER.IDENT command |
| Internal format |
| date D Code - Date Conversion (English) |
| time MT Code - Mask Time (English) |
| Internal storage of variables Internal Storage (DataBasic) |
| Internal subroutine Efficient Use of Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic), Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic) |
| calling ON GOSUB Statement (DataBasic), GOSUB command (Proc), GOSUB Statement (DataBasic) |
| ACCEPT ACCEPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| CONNECT CONNECT Statement (DataBasic) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| DISCONNECT DISCONNECT Statement (DataBasic) |
| error codes File I/O and IPC Error Codes (DataBasic) |
| program examples Program Examples using Interprocess Communication (DataBasic) |
| RECEIVE RECEIVE Statement (DataBasic) |
| RECWAIT RECWAIT Statement (DataBasic) |
| SEND SEND Statement (DataBasic) |
| Introduction Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| Inverse function NOT Function (DataBasic) |
| INV-INQ program INV-INQ Program Example (DataBasic) |
| IP address PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| selection Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| IP command IP command (Proc) |
| IPC See Interprocess communication |
| ISELECT command ISELECT (TCL) |
| ISO file, mounting as disk drive Accessing an ISO/DVD Deliverable (External Components Installation Guide) |
| Isolation See Database, isolation |
| ISTAT command ISTAT (TCL) |
| index sizing Selecting the Modulo for an Index (File and File Index Management) |
| IT command IT command (Proc) |
| Italic RWS_ITALIC (RealWeb) |
| Item |
| character-oriented Character-oriented Item |
| copying Introduction to File and File Index Management, COPY (TCL) |
| cut [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| data types Item Structure |
| deadlock detection Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Locks and the Locking Systems |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| definition Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes |
| direct File Structure, Item Structure |
| displaying S-DUMP Command (English), I-DUMP Command (English), CT (TCL) |
| displaying in a web page Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb), RWA_INSERT_CONV_ITEM (RealWeb), RWA_INSERT_ITEM (RealWeb), RW_INSERT_ITEM (RealWeb), RW_INSERT_CONV_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| id See Item-id |
| indirect File Structure, Item Structure |
| list See Item list |
| locks See Item locks |
| LOGON LOGON Item |
| printing S-DUMP Command (English), CP (TCL), I-DUMP Command (English) |
| reading READ Statement (DataBasic), File Input and Output (DataBasic), F-UREAD command (Proc), F-READ command (Proc), READU Statement (DataBasic) |
| restoring Restore Procedures, SEL-RESTORE, T-LOAD (Tape) |
| saving FI - File (Editor), FS - File Save (Editor) |
| searching for FIND (TCL) |
| sequential access to Sequential File Access (DataBasic) |
| servlet Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb), RealWeb Security (RealWeb) |
| size Item Structure, S? (Editor), ?S (Editor) |
| storage File Structure |
| structure Item Structure |
| update date/time stamp Data Definition Item (English) |
| writing File Input and Output (DataBasic), F-WRITE command (Proc), WRITEVU Statement (DataBasic), WRITEU Statement (DataBasic), WRITEV Statement (DataBasic), WRITE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Item copied [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| active SELECT, SELECTE Statements (DataBasic), IF S command (Proc), List Processing Commands (English) |
| clearing CLEARSELECT Statement (DataBasic) |
| creating EDIT-LIST Command (English) |
| default List Processing Commands (English) |
| deleting DELETELIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| editing EDIT-LIST Command (English) |
| generating SELECT, SELECTE Statements (DataBasic), List Processing Commands (English) |
| getting GETLIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| in contention MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| listing LIST-ITEM-LOCKS command, SHOW-ITEM-LOCKS command, MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| maximum Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| persistent connections Getting Data from your Database (RealWeb) |
| setting READVU Statement (DataBasic), MATREADU Statement (DataBasic), F-UREAD command (Proc), READU Statement (DataBasic) |
| special view Database Configuration Parameters (Host), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| transaction handling Transaction Handling (Proc), Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling), TRANSTART Statement (DataBasic) |
| Item-id Glossary (Glossary), Item Structure |
| displaying while editing ?I (Editor) |
| listing only File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| selection clause Item Lists (English) |
| ItemLockTimeOut parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Locks and the Locking Systems |
| Items |
| deleting F - File (Screen Editor), CLEAR-FILE (TCL) |
| moving MOVE (TCL) |
| renaming F - File (Screen Editor) |
| saving F - File (Screen Editor) |
| ITEMS connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
J
| J command J - Join (Editor), J - Insert Character (Screen Editor) |
| Java Database Connectivity See JDBC |
| java.sql JDBC Interfaces (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| java.sql.properties Diagnostics (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| java.util.properties Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Javadocs JavaDocs (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC) |
| JavaScript Two ways to Build your HTML (RealWeb) |
| JDBC |
| classes JavaDocs for Reality SQL/JDBC Classes (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| data types Standards Compliance (SQL) |
| defined Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| driver Introduction to the Reality JDBC Driver (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| interfaces JDBC Interfaces (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| logging JDBC Logging (SQL) |
| standards Standards Compliance (SQL) |
| JDK Constructing a Servlet (JReal) |
| Job control item Print Jobs (Spooler) |
| Job file SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler) |
| changing for current display Action Code 18 Change Job File (Spooler) |
| copying print jobs to SP-COPY - Copying Print Jobs to Another Job File (Spooler) |
| default FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| dictionary items Print Jobs (Spooler), SPOOL.JOBS Dictionary Items (Spooler) |
| specified SP-JOBS (Spooler), SP-SUMMARY and Related Procedures (Spooler), FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Job status Status Conditions and Values (Spooler) |
| Join Glossary (Glossary) |
| cross SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| inner Glossary (Glossary), SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| inner, complex SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| left outer Glossary (Glossary) |
| optimisation SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| outer Glossary (Glossary), SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| JReal |
| configuration Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| configuring JavaReal Overview (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC) |
| installation JReal (External Components Installation Guide) |
| JReal classes JavaDocs for JReal Classes (JReal) |
| JSON |
| decoding escape sequences %Encode special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| encoding escape sequences %Encode special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| from DataBasic internal objects %ToJSON special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| Jump and branch operations [ ] command (Proc), GOSUB command (Proc), GO F command (Proc), G command (Proc), GO B command (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc), RSUB command (Proc) |
K
| K command K command (DataBasic debugger), K - Delete Lines (Screen Editor), K - Unlock Item (Editor) |
| KEEPLIST environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Key |
| foreign Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL), Option 3: View Table Definitions (SQL) |
| primary Glossary (Glossary), Glossary (Glossary), Option 3: View Table Definitions (SQL), Choosing Primary Keys (SQL) |
| KEY.CC environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Keyboard input INPUT@ Statement (DataBasic), INPUT Statement (DataBasic), IN Statement (DataBasic) |
| KeyCaseControl parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Keys |
| REMLOG remote mode Remote Mode (REMLOG) |
| retrieval and update See Retrieval and update lock codes |
| software See Software keys |
| Keywords See also Reserved, words |
| case sensitivity Case Sensitivity |
| in devices file PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| Kill item list X - Exit (Screen Editor) |
| Killing |
| a TIPH process PH-KILL (TIPH) |
| killreal host command Reality Software (Host environment), killreal (Host administration), Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
L
| match any character option ^ Command (Editor) |
| repeating A - Again (Editor) |
| search strings Search Strings (Editor) |
| wildcard character ^ Command (Editor) |
| L conversion code L Code - Length (English) |
| L/RET attribute |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| L/UPD attribute |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Label on tape T-ATT (Tape), ASSIGN (Tape), T-RDLBL (Tape), Overview of Tape Operations (Tape), FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Labelling form elements RWS_LABEL (RealWeb), RWS_LEGEND (RealWeb) |
| Labels Structure of a Proc (Proc), Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| listing BREF command (DataBasic) |
| LAN Glossary (Glossary), Networking (Networking) |
| Languages |
| in user profile SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Last command |
| undoing X - Undo (Editor) |
| LAST.SAVE File Statistics Reports |
| LD command LD command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Leading blanks |
| removal < - Unformat (Screen Editor) |
| LEFT function LEFT Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Left outer join Glossary (Glossary) |
| Left text alignment RW_ALIGN (RealWeb) |
| LEN function LEN Function (DataBasic) |
| Length L Code - Length (English) |
| Length function LEN Function (DataBasic) |
| LENS function LENS Function (DataBasic) |
| LES function LES Function (DataBasic) |
| LET statement LET Statement (DataBasic), Assignments (DataBasic) |
| LFB Glossary (Glossary) |
| Library |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Licences Licences |
| database isolation Database Isolation |
| expiry killreal (Host administration), Licences |
| extending Licences |
| grace period Licences |
| installing Licences |
| optional features Licences |
| reserved Reserved Licences (Host), Licences |
| special view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| user Reserved Licences (Host), Database Isolation |
| web services Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| Licensed services |
| statistics UPDATE-SERVICE-LOG command, SYSFILES Account |
| LIKE |
| condition SQL Search Condition (SQL) |
| optimisation SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| LIMIT.INDEX statement LIMIT.INDEX Statement (DataBasic) |
| Line See also Lines |
| break RW_NEWLINE (RealWeb), RW_NEWLINES (RealWeb), RWA_NEWLINES (RealWeb) |
| change case ! ~ ` - Change Case (Screen Editor) |
| continuation TCL and General User Commands (TCL), Program Elements (DataBasic), General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| deleting K - Delete Lines (Screen Editor), DE - Delete (Editor) |
| displaying W - Window (Screen Editor) |
| down Return (Screen Editor) |
| go to G - Go To Line Number (Screen Editor), Different Ways to Display Lines (Screen Editor) |
| up 8 - Line Up (Screen Editor) |
| wrapping Introduction to the Screen Editor (Screen Editor) |
| LINE FEED key I - Insert (Editor), O - Overtype (Screen Editor), RETURN Key (Editor) |
| Line numbers |
| specifying L command (DataBasic debugger) |
| suppressing S - Suppress line numbers (Editor) |
| Line pointer |
| displaying position of ? (Editor) |
| incrementing N - Next (Editor) |
| positioning T - Top (Editor), B - Bottom (Editor), n Command (Editor), G - Goto (Editor), U - Up (Editor) |
| Line printers Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| LINEFEED Return (Screen Editor) |
| Lines See also Line |
| inserting I - Insert (Editor) |
| merging ME - Merge (Editor), M - Merge Lines (Screen Editor) |
| splitting SP - Split (Editor) |
| truncating TR - Truncate (Editor), : - Truncate Line (Screen Editor) |
| Link Service Access Point See LSAP |
| Linked space |
| blocks of CLAIM command |
| Linking Procs [ ] command (Proc), ( ) command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| Links RWA_IMAGE_FUNCTION (RealWeb), RW_IMAGE_FUNCTION (RealWeb), Links (RealWeb), RW_ANCHOR (RealWeb), RW_IMAGE_ANCHOR (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE_ANCHOR (RealWeb), RWA_ANCHOR (RealWeb) |
| links |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Linux Set-up before Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), See also UNIX |
| List Lists (RealWeb), See also Item list |
| processing List Processing Commands (English) |
| pull-down RW_SELECT_LIST (RealWeb), RWA_SELECT_LIST (RealWeb) |
| reading READNEXT Statement (DataBasic), READLIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| saving WRITELIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| writing WRITELIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| LIST ACC Reporting System Usage |
| LIST command LIST-TABLE Command (English), LIST Command (English) |
| LIST FEATURES command LIST FEATURES command |
| List rows SELECT Statement (SQL) |
| LIST SYSTEM-LOG Checking for Spooler Errors (Spooler) |
| LIST-$STAT-FILE* command LIST-$STAT-FILE* command |
| LIST4 command LIST4 (TCL) |
| ListAllItemLocks parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| LIST-ALL-TRIGGERS command LIST-ALL-TRIGGERS command |
| LISTCOLUMNS command See LIST-SQL-COLUMNS command |
| LISTCONN command LISTCONN Command (English) |
| listDB command LISTDB |
| LIST-DBASE-INDEXES command LIST-DBASE-INDEXES |
| LISTDFILES command LISTDFILES (TCL) |
| LISTDICTS command LISTDICTS Command (English) |
| Listening entries Listening Entries (Windows), Glossary (Glossary), Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| adding Listening Entries (Windows) |
| deleting Listening Entries (Windows) |
| editing Listening Entries (Windows) |
| listing Listening Entries (Windows) |
| type 2 Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening ports See Listening entries |
| LIST-EXECUTION-LOCKS command LIST-EXECUTION-LOCKS command |
| LISTF2 command LISTF2/3/4 (TCL) |
| LISTF3 command LISTF2/3/4 (TCL) |
| LISTF4 command LISTF2/3/4 (TCL) |
| LISTFILES command LISTFILES (TCL) |
| LIST-FILE-STATS command LIST-FILE-STATS command |
| LIST-GROUP-LOCKS command LIST-GROUP-LOCKS command |
| LISTINDEXES command See LIST-SQL-INDEXES command |
| LIST-INDEXES command LIST-INDEXES (TCL) |
| Listing |
| active transactions Listing Active Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| alternative host entries Alternative Hosts (Windows) |
| clean logs Listing Clean Logs (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| cookies RW_LIST_COOKIES (RealWeb) |
| databases LISTDB |
| file triggers LIST-TRIGGERS command, LIST-ALL-TRIGGERS command |
| indexes LIST-INDEXES (TCL), LIST-DBASE-INDEXES, Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| labels BREF command (DataBasic) |
| lines from a different item L - List (Editor) |
| listening entries Listening Entries (Windows) |
| local databases Local Databases (Windows) |
| locks LIST-LOCKS command |
| network printers Listing Network Printers (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| next line L - List (Editor), RETURN Key (Editor) |
| programs PRINT-CATALOG command (DataBasic), BLIST command (DataBasic) |
| Reality printers Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| remote databases Remote Databases (Windows) |
| ROUTE FILE entry Listing Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| selected lines L - List (Editor) |
| usage statistics Reporting System Usage |
| variables BREF command (DataBasic) |
| Listing files Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| LIST-ITEM command LIST-ITEM Command (English) |
| LIST-ITEM-LOCKS command LIST-ITEM-LOCKS command |
| LIST-LABEL command LIST-TABLE Command (English), LIST-LABEL Command (English) |
| LIST-LOCKS command LIST-LOCKS command |
| LISTPF command LISTPF command |
| LISTPROCS command LISTPROCS command |
| LISTQFILES command LISTQFILES (TCL) |
| Lists |
| POINTER-FILE item-id SYSFILES Account |
| LIST-SPREAD command LIST-SPREAD Command (English) |
| LIST-SQL-COLUMNS command Listing Columns and Indexes in Reality (SQL) |
| LIST-SQL-INDEXES command Listing Columns and Indexes in Reality (SQL) |
| LIST-TABLE LIST-TABLE Command (English) |
| LIST-TRIGGERS command LIST-TRIGGERS command |
| LISTU command LISTU command |
| LISTU.SUMMARY command LISTU.SUMMARY |
| LISTVERBS command LISTVERBS (TCL) |
| LITERAL.MASK environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Literals Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic) |
| SQL SQL Expression (SQL) |
| using symbols instead of EQUATE Statement (DataBasic), $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Live database |
| converting the shadow Making the Current Database Live and Restoring the Latest Clean Logs (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| saving Saving the Live Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Live version of Reality Glossary (Glossary), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Live version of Reality, changing Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide) |
| LN function LN Function (DataBasic) |
| LOAD-ALPHA command LOAD-ALPHA (TCL) |
| LOAD-BNF command LOAD-BNF command (DataBasic) |
| LOAD-COLL command LOAD-COLL (TCL) |
| LOAD-FR command LOAD-FR (TCL) |
| LOAD-IMAGE command LOAD-IMAGE |
| Loading files from tape T-LOAD (Tape) |
| LOAD-LANG command LOAD-LANG (TCL) |
| LOAD-REK command LOAD-REK command |
| Local |
| account creation CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| databases Local Databases (Windows) |
| mode Remote Logon from UNIX (REMLOG), Remote Mode (REMLOG), Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| Local area network See LAN |
| Local File Blocks (LFBs) MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| Local Host entry Local Host Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| LOCATE statement LOCATE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Locating text L - Locate Character (Screen Editor), L - Locate (Editor), / Command (Editor) |
| again A - Locate Again (Screen Editor) |
| allowed paths SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| disallowed paths SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| telnet Location-Based Security (Windows), Location-based Security (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Lock codes See Retrieval and update lock codes |
| LOCK statement LOCK Statement (DataBasic) |
| lockdbase Reality Software (Host environment), lockdbase (Host administration), Locking and Unlocking a Database (Host) |
| Locking |
| database INHIBIT-LOGONS command, Logging Off Users and Locking a FailSafe Database (Resilience - FailSafe), lockdbase (Host administration), Locking and Unlocking a Database (Host) |
| Locks Glossary (Glossary), Locks and the Locking Systems |
| execution See Execution locks |
| group See Group, locks |
| item See Item locks |
| listing LIST-LOCKS command, MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| monitoring and maintaining Locks and the Locking Systems |
| read See Group, locks |
| update See Group, locks |
| Log files Glossary (Glossary), Log Files (Windows), Troubleshooting (UNIX Installation Guide), Log Files, Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration), SYSFILES Account |
| clearing Session Manager (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| LOG.BASIC environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Logarithm function EXP Function (DataBasic), LN Function (DataBasic) |
| Logged on users SYSFILES Account |
| Logging Diagnostics (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| JDBC JDBC Logging (SQL) |
| ODBC ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| ODBC calls ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| PCSNI ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| Logging off OFF (TCL), Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Logging off all users SHUTDOWN command, Logging Off Users and Locking a FailSafe Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| Logging on Entering and Operating in a Reality Database, Logon Processor, Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Logging status of files TL-SET-LOG-STATUS Command (Resilience - Transaction Logging), Rapid Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| audit log START-AUDIT-LOG command, STOP-AUDIT-LOG command |
| support log START-SUPPORT-LOG command, STOP-SUPPORT-LOG command |
| Logical |
| connectives Item Lists (English) |
| expressions Logical Expressions (DataBasic) |
| operators Logical Expressions (DataBasic), F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| save Overview of Save and Restore |
| Login |
| falied page Persistent Connection Options (RealWeb), Login, Timeout and Connection Failed Pages (RealWeb) |
| page Persistent Connection Options (RealWeb), Login, Timeout and Connection Failed Pages (RealWeb) |
| Login prompt |
| default Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| Login timeout Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| LOGOFF command LOGOFF command |
| LOGOFF-ALL command LOGOFF-ALL command |
| Logon |
| messages Logon Processor |
| processor Logon Processor |
| prompt Logon Processor |
| prompt editing Logon Processor |
| remote Setting-up Remote Logon (Networking), UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| retries SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| timeout SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| LOGON command LOGON command, Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| Logon control program Glossary (Glossary), Account Definition Item, Environment Settings (SSM), Logon Processor, Synonym Account Definition Item, Remote Account Definition Item |
| account Environment Settings (SSM), Logon Processor |
| global Logon Processor, GLOBAL.MD Account |
| preventing bypass Logon Processor |
| TCL-inhibit Logon Processor |
| user SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM), Logon Processor |
| LOGON item Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, LOGON Item |
| Logon Proc See Logon control program |
| Logon retries SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| LOGON.PROGS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Logons |
| controlling Controlling Logons |
| disabling INHIBIT-LOGONS command |
| enabling ENABLE-LOGONS command, EVFU-SETUP command |
| TCL verbs Controlling Logons |
| Logons inhibited (message) Common User Problems and Solutions |
| Logs SLS command |
| clean See Clean logs |
| command See Command logging |
| daemon See Daemon log |
| event See Event log |
| raw See Raw log |
| session See Session log |
| user SYSFILES Account |
| LOGTO command SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM), LOGTO (TCL) |
| LONGVARBINARY data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| LONGVARCHAR data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Loop control statements LOOP Statement (DataBasic), FOR Statement (DataBasic) |
| LOOP statement Programming Hints (DataBasic), LOOP Statement (DataBasic) |
| Loopback See Local, loopback |
| Loop-counting statement FOR Statement (DataBasic) |
| LOOP-ON command LOOP-ON (TCL) |
| LOWER function LOWER Function (DataBasic) |
| Lower-case letters DOWNCASE Function (DataBasic) |
| lp UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| lp command Remote Printing (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| LP debugger command LP command (DataBasic debugger) |
| LPR protocol |
| npu npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration), npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration), npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| lpstat command Remote Printing (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| LPTR modifier Format Specification (English) |
| LSAP Glossary (Glossary) |
| LUPD.DATE predefined item Data Definition Item (English) |
| LUPD.TIME predefined item Data Definition Item (English) |
| LUPD.TS predefined item Data Definition Item (English) |
M
| MA command MA command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Macro expansion formatting option Entering the Editor: EDIT Command (Editor) |
| Macros Glossary (Glossary) |
| English See English macros |
| TCL See TCL macros |
| Magnetic tape See Tape |
| Magnetic tape units Introduction to Reality, Operating Facilities, Tape Operation and Commands (Tape) |
| Maintaining indexes Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| MAKE-SPECIAL command Reality/Host Integration (Host environment), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| CSV view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| environment file MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| file view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| index view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| item locks view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| licence view MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| monitoring open files MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| MAN command MAN (TCL) |
| Management of indexes Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| M-A-R command M-A-R, Overview of Save and Restore |
| M-A-S command M-A-S, Overview of Save and Restore |
| Mask character See MC conversion code |
| Mask character conversions Conversions (DataBasic), Code Summary (English) |
| Mask decimal |
| MD code MD Code - Mask Decimal without Alignment (English) |
| Mask metric MK Code - Mask Metric (English) |
| Mask time MT Code - Mask Time (English) |
| Masked packed decimal MP Code - Masked Packed Decimal (English) |
| Master database files |
| config Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Master dictionary Database Structure, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes |
| customizing SYSFILES Account, Customising the Master Dictionary (TCL) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| modulo Account Definition Item |
| Master Dictionary |
| account Introduction to Accounts |
| editing commands in Introduction to Accounts |
| MAT statement MAT Statement (DataBasic) |
| MATBUILD statement MATBUILD Statement (DataBasic), Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| Match any character option ^ Command (Editor) |
| MATCH.DELIM compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MATCH{ES} operator Relational Expressions (DataBasic) |
| MATCHFIELD function Relational Expressions (DataBasic) |
| Matching |
| algorithm, index SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| column-dependent Search Strings (Editor) |
| patterns Relational Expressions (DataBasic) |
| MATPARSE statement MATPARSE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), MATPARSE Statement (DataBasic) |
| MATREAD statement File Input and Output (DataBasic), MATREAD Statement (DataBasic), Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| MATREADU statement MATREADU Statement (DataBasic), Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| Matrix Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| writing to disk Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| MATWRITE statement MATWRITE Statement (DataBasic), File Input and Output (DataBasic), Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| MATWRITEU statement MATWRITEU Statement (DataBasic), Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| MAX connective TOTAL, MIN and MAX Connectives (English), Output Specification (English) |
| Maximum |
| database size Creating and Removing a Database (Host), mkdbase (Host administration) |
| file size, tape image Overview of Tape Operations (Tape), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| header length SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| MAXIMUM function MAXIMUM Function (DataBasic) |
| MaxPortNum parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Licences |
| MC conversion code MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| changing case MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| converting character codes MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| converting numeric values MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| extracting characters MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| replacing characters MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| MCDX/MCXD conversions Proc Tips (Proc) |
| MCT.SQUOTE environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| MD See Master dictionary |
| MD command MD command (DataBasic debugger) |
| MD conversion code MD Code - Mask Decimal without Alignment (English) |
| MD.ICONV.ALWAYS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| mdisnet See netadmin |
| MDTC Distributed Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| ME command ME - Merge (Editor), ME command (DataBasic debugger) |
| ME editor ME Command |
| Memory |
| shared Set-up before Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| menu items |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Merge lines M - Merge Lines (Screen Editor) |
| Merging lines ME - Merge (Editor) |
| Merging text strings ME - Merge (Editor) |
| Message |
| queue Reality Software (Host environment) |
| retrieving GETMSG Function (DataBasic) |
| sending MESSAGE and MSG (TCL) |
| status line RW_STATUS_SCROLL (RealWeb) |
| MESSAGE command MESSAGE and MSG (TCL) |
| Messages Upgrading from an Earlier Release (UNIX Installation Guide), Troubleshooting (UNIX Installation Guide), Log Files, Troubleshooting (Windows Installation Guide) |
| database needs checking Common User Problems and Solutions |
| error Reality Software (Host environment), Problem Solving (PCSNI), Debugging your RealWeb Subroutines - RW_DEBUG (RealWeb) |
| logons inhibited Common User Problems and Solutions |
| open of partition failed Common User Problems and Solutions |
| REMLOG Error Messages (REMLOG) |
| summary Summary of Editor Messages (Editor) |
| suppressing on line 25 SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| suppression SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| too many connections Common User Problems and Solutions |
| Unable to access the config file realevent |
| Metric masking |
| MK code MK Code - Mask Metric (English) |
| MFILL.FORMAT environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Microsoft |
| Distributed Transaction Co-ordinator Distributed Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| Office 2000 Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0 Example (Web Services) |
| Office 2003 Microsoft Office Example (Web Services) |
| Office XP Microsoft Office Example (Web Services) |
| Visual Studio .NET Microsoft Visual Studio .NET Example (Web Services) |
| Visual Studio 6.0 Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0 Example (Web Services) |
| Windows See Windows |
| MIGRATE.ACCOUNT command MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| Migration See MultiValue compatibility |
| MIN connective TOTAL, MIN and MAX Connectives (English), Output Specification (English) |
| MINI-CONVERT data section BLOCK-PRINT (TCL) |
| MINI-CONVERT file SYSFILES Account |
| MINIMUM function MINIMUM Function (DataBasic) |
| Mirror disk Resilience Options (Resilience), Overview of Resilience Options (Resilience) |
| Mismatch problems, index SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| Missing values VERIFY Statement (SQL), SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| MK conversion code MK Code - Mask Metric (English) |
| about mkdbase (Host administration) |
| command line interface mkdbase Command Line Interface (Host administration) |
| menu interface (interactive mode) mkdbase Menu Interface (Host administration) |
| mklog command Reality Software (Host environment), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), mklog - Making a Raw Log (Resilience), Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| ML command ML - Lower case (Editor) |
| ML conversion code ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| credit indicator ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| currency symbol ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| decimal precision ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| examples ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| format mask ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| scaling ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| suppressing leading zeros ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| thousands separator ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| MO command MO command (DataBasic debugger) |
| MOD function MOD Function (DataBasic) |
| Mode of operation I - Input Mode (Screen Editor), Mode of Operation (Screen Editor) |
| browse Item Locking (Screen Editor) |
| overtype O - Overtype (Screen Editor) |
| Modifier definition Command Definition Items |
| Modifiers |
| file File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| MODS function MODS Function (DataBasic) |
| Modulo File Structure, Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management), File and Item Structures, CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| changing Manual Resizing (File and File Index Management) |
| for a data section Data Level Descriptor, Selecting the Modulo for a File (File and File Index Management) |
| for a file dictionary File Definition Item |
| for a Master Dictionary Account Definition Item |
| for an index Selecting the Modulo for an Index (File and File Index Management) |
| optimum OPTIMUM-MODULO command |
| selecting Selecting the Modulo for a File (File and File Index Management) |
| Monitoring |
| despoolers Despoolers (Spooler) |
| file size SIZE-MONITOR command |
| file size with sizemon sizemon (Host administration) |
| system usage Reporting System Usage |
| TCL verbs for monitoring database users Monitoring Database Users |
| Monitoring Despoolers DSPMON - Managing Despoolers (Spooler) |
| Monitoring file size Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| Monospaced font RWS_MONO (RealWeb) |
| mount ISO file as disk drive Accessing an ISO/DVD Deliverable (External Components Installation Guide) |
| MOUNT-IMAGE command MOUNT-IMAGE |
| MOVE command MOVE (TCL) |
| MOVE-FILE command Introduction to File and File Index Management, MOVE-FILE (TCL) |
| MP conversion code MP Code - Masked Packed Decimal (English) |
| MPS Location-Based Security (Windows), Location-based Security (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| FF protocol, npu Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| MPTS Glossary (Glossary) |
| MR command MR command (DataBasic debugger) |
| MR conversion code ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| MS command Input/Output Buffers (Proc), MS command (Proc) |
| MSCALE compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MSG command MESSAGE and MSG (TCL) |
| MSLEEP statement MSLEEP Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MT conversion code MT Code - Mask Time (English) |
| M-type macro TCL Macros (TCL) |
| MU command MU - Upper case (Editor) |
| MULD command MULD (TCL) |
| MULS function MULS Function (DataBasic) |
| Multibind The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Multideck save/restore utility Multideck Save/Restore Utility (dbsave) |
| configuration file Multideck Save/Restore Utility (dbsave) |
| Multiline locate L - Locate Character (Screen Editor) |
| Multiple command delimiter |
| changing CD - Change Delimiter (Editor) |
| Multiple-Account-Restore See M-A-R command |
| Multiple-Account-Save See M-A-S command |
| Multi-Protocol Server See MPS |
| Multi-protocol Terminal Server See MPTS |
| Multi-statement lines, DataBasic Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| Multi-threading Constructing a Servlet (JReal) |
| MultiValue |
| emulation Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Installation (Windows Installation Guide), Installation (Windows Installation Guide), mkdbase Menu Interface (Host administration) |
| Multivalue See Value |
| $OPTIONS statement $OPTIONS Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| ACCOUNT-RESTORE MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| ASSIGNED function ASSIGNED Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| B Conversion Code - Call Subroutine MultiValue Compatibility (English) |
| boolean compiler directives DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| CHANGE statement CHANGE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| changing case MultiValue Compatibility (English) |
| CLEARINPUT statement CLEARINPUT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| compatibility switch matrix Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| CREATE Statement CREATE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| date format MultiValue Compatibility (English) |
| DELETE statement DELETE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| DELETESEQ statement DELETESEQ Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| DISPLAY statement DISPLAY Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| DIV function DIV Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| division using A and F conversion codes MultiValue Compatibility (English) |
| DQUOTE function DQUOTE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| EQUATE statement EQUATE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| EREPLACE function EREPLACE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| EXECUTE statement EXECUTE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| FIELD function FIELD Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| FORMLIST statement FORMLIST Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| GROUP function GROUP Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| item locks DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| LEFT function LEFT Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MATPARSE statement MATPARSE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MIGRATE.ACCOUNT MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| MSLEEP statement MSLEEP Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| OPENSEQ statement OPENSEQ Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| OUT statement OUT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| predefined symbols DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| pseudo-floppy MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| QUOTE function QUOTE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| READLIST statement READLIST Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| READNEXT statement READNEXT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| READPREV statement READPREV Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| REMOVE statement REMOVE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| REMOVE.LAST REMOVE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| REMOVE.PEOS REMOVE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| RIGHT function RIGHT Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SADD function SADD Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SELECT statement SELECT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SP-ASSIGN MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| SQUOTE function SQUOTE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SSUB function SSUB Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| statement labels DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| STATUS function STATUS Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| substring extraction DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SWAP function SWAP Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SYSTEM function SYSTEM and REAL.SYSTEM Functions (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| TRANS function TRANS Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| VERIFY-SAVE MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| WRITE statements WRITE Statements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| XLATE function TRANS Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MultiValue migration MultiValue (Other Documents) |
| MultiValue systems |
| compatibility See MultiValue compatibility |
| transferring data from MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| transferring data to MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| Multivalued attributes |
| handling different types Handling Multivalues and Subvalues (SQL) |
| related Handling Multivalues and Subvalues (SQL) |
| techniques for handling Handling Multivalues and Subvalues (SQL) |
| Multivalued column SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Multivalued data |
| in a single row Handling Multivalues and Subvalues (SQL) |
| Multivalues |
| F conversion code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| MULX command MULX (TCL) |
| MV command MV command (Proc), STON command (Proc) |
| MV.FILTER compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MV.SETTING compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MVA command MVA command (Proc) |
| MVD command MVD command (Proc) |
| MVPROCSELECT environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| MVSTYLEITEMLOCKS environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| MvStyleItemLocks parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| MVXOPENSEQ compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| MX command MX command (DataBasic debugger) |
| MX conversion code MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| MY conversion code MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
N
| n command P - Prestore (Editor), n Command (Editor), G - Goto (Editor) |
| N command N - Next (Editor), N command (DataBasic debugger) |
| NA code SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Named COMMON sections Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic), COMMON Statement (DataBasic), NC.LIST command (DataBasic), NC.RESET command (DataBasic) |
| Naming tables, rules Creating a Reality SQL Catalog (SQL) |
| NC.LIST command NC.LIST command (DataBasic) |
| NC.RESET command NC.RESET command (DataBasic) |
| NEGS function NEGS Function (DataBasic) |
| NES function NES Function (DataBasic) |
| Nested programs The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| netadmin UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), Troubleshooting (SQL), Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide) |
| NETDEVS file Network Printing (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler), SYSFILES Account, Despoolers (Spooler) |
| NET-LOGON command NET-LOGON command, Setting-up Network Logon (Networking), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Network See also Networking |
| administration Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide) |
| configuration Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide) |
| connecting CONNECT Statement (DataBasic), DISCONNECT Statement (DataBasic) |
| error messages Log Files (Windows), Problem Solving (PCSNI), Network Error Messages (Networking), Error Messages (REMLOG), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| layer Glossary (Glossary) |
| logon Setting-up Network Logon (Networking) |
| management commands UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| printer See Network printer |
| problems Networking Problems |
| routing information Routing Information (Networking) |
| security Network Security Features (Networking), UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| type Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration), Networking (Networking), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| user-id See Network user-id |
| NETWORK file SYSMAN Account |
| maintaining SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| Network File Transfer File Transfer (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Network Information Service PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| Network printer Network Printing (Spooler), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), Setting-up Network Printing (Networking) |
| adding Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| configuring UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| editing Editing a Network Printer Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| listing Listing Network Printers (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| output device Output Devices (Spooler) |
| removing Removing a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Network Printing Utility See npu |
| Network profiles Using the SSM Command (SSM), Securing the Database by using SSM and GSSM (SSM) |
| maintaining SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| NETWORK file SYSMAN Account |
| Network Service Access Point See NSAP |
| network type Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Network user-id Glossary (Glossary), Network Security Features (Networking), USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), General Administration Tasks (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| adding SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM), USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| password USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| remote system USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Networking Networking (Networking) |
| interprocess communication Setting-up Interprocess Communication (Networking), Interprocess Communication (DataBasic) |
| remote file access Setting-up Remote File Access (Networking) |
| remote logon Setting-up Remote Logon (Networking) |
| session manager Networking (Networking) |
| user equivalence Network Security Features (Networking) |
| New features New Features (Release Information), New Features (Release Information) |
| previous releases Differences Documents (Other Documents) |
| New line RW_NEWLINE (RealWeb), RW_NEWLINES (RealWeb), RWA_NEWLINES (RealWeb) |
| NEW.LISTVERBS command NEW.LISTVERBS (TCL) |
| NEWAC file CREATE-ACCOUNT, SYSFILES Account |
| NEW-GET-LIST command NEW-GET-LIST Command (English) |
| Newline characters File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| NEW-SAVE-LIST command NEW-SAVE-LIST Command (English) |
| NEW-SORT-LIST command NEW-SORT-LIST Command (English) |
| NEXT statement NEXT Statement (DataBasic) |
| NFT File Transfer (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| NI-SUPP modifier Format Specification (English) |
| No operation NULL Statement (DataBasic) |
| NO.IO.ERR compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| NO.NEW.FUNCS compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| NO/NOT modifier Selection Criteria (English) |
| NOHUSH command NOHUSH (TCL), HUSH (TCL) |
| Non-Northgate systems |
| terminal connections Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| NOOLDHEADER environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| NOPAGE modifier Format Specification (English) |
| Normalisation Glossary (Glossary) |
| NOT function NOT Function (DataBasic) |
| Notification Persistent Connection Options (RealWeb) |
| method, alerts realevent |
| times, alerts realevent |
| NOTS function NOTS Function (DataBasic) |
| NOUPSCALE compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| npu Network Printing (Spooler), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| exit codes npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| interface scripts npu Interface Scripts (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| printer sharing Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| printing from Reality Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| protocols Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Reality administration Setting up Printers on Reality (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ROUTE-FILE entry Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| npu command npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| NpuDelay parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| NpuRetries parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| NS code SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| NSAP Glossary (Glossary), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Authority and Format Identifier NSAP Format Options (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Domain Specific Part NSAP Format Options (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Initial Domain Identifier NSAP Format Options (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Initial Domain Part NSAP Format Options (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| NSELECT command NSELECT Command (English) |
| N-type macro TCL Macros (TCL) |
| Null |
| attributes (empty lines) Creating Null Attributes (Editor), Creating English Dictionary Items (Screen Editor) |
| device file MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| handling SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), SQL Statements Supported by Reality (SQL) |
| values SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), SQL Statements Supported by Reality (SQL) |
| Null attributes (empty lines) I - Insert (Editor) |
| Null network The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| NULL statement NULL Statement (DataBasic) |
| Nullable SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| NUM function NUM Function (DataBasic) |
| Number to ASCII conversion CHAR Function (DataBasic), CHARS Function (DataBasic) |
| NumConnections parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Licences |
| NumDataSects parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Numeric |
| comparisons IFN command (Proc) |
| conversions MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| data ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English), Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| data literals Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic) |
| expression SQL Expression (SQL) |
| function ABS Function (DataBasic) |
| labels Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| operators Numeric Operations (DataBasic) |
| value function NUM Function (DataBasic) |
| NUMERIC data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| NumIndexSects parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| NumItemLocks parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| NumPseudoPorts parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Licences |
| NUMS function NUMS Function (DataBasic) |
| NV code SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
O
| O command O command (Proc), O - Overtype (Screen Editor), IF command (Multivalued) (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| Oblique strokes |
| netadmin prompt Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows) |
| OCONV function Conversions (DataBasic), Conversions (DataBasic), Conversions (DataBasic), OCONV Function (DataBasic) |
| OCONVS function OCONVS Function (DataBasic) |
| ODBC Glossary (Glossary) |
| architecture SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| client driver SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| client-based logging ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| command logging ODBC Logging (SQL), ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| compliance level Standards Compliance (SQL) |
| data source FDB-SET (TCL), Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL), SQL-VIEW (TCL) |
| defined Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| host-based logging ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| manager SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| PC applications supported Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| Reality files on foreign databases Introduction to Reality, File Definition Item |
| SQL view files Introduction to Reality |
| ODBC 2 tools ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| setting up data source Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| ODBC 3 tools ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| setting up data source Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| ODBC interface Distributed Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| OF connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| OFF command OFF command (DataBasic debugger), OFF (TCL) |
| Office 2000 Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0 Example (Web Services) |
| Office 2003 Microsoft Office Example (Web Services) |
| Office XP Microsoft Office Example (Web Services) |
| OLD.CREATEFILE environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| old.EVENT_LOG file Log Files (Windows), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| OLD-ACCOUNT-SAVE command OLD-ACCOUNT-SAVE |
| OLD-FILE-SAVE command OLD-FILE-SAVE |
| OLD-SAVE command OLD-SAVE |
| ON ERROR clause Using the THEN/ELSE and ON ERROR Clauses (DataBasic) |
| ON GOSUB statement ON GOSUB Statement (DataBasic), Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic) |
| ON GOTO statement ON GOTO Statement (DataBasic) |
| onClick event RWA_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_BUTTON (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| ONE.FIELD compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| One-shot connections Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| ONGO compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| On-line documentation See Documentation |
| ONLY file modifier File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| open command Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| Open Database Connectivity See ODBC |
| Open of partition failed (message) Common User Problems and Solutions |
| OPEN statement CLOSE Statement (DataBasic), OPEN Statement (DataBasic) |
| Open Systems Interconnection See OSI |
| Opening files Programming Hints (DataBasic), OPEN Statement (DataBasic) |
| for sequential access OPENSEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| OpenLink method cNISRbRscLink.OpenLink Method (Remote Basic) |
| OPENSEQ statement OPENSEQ Statement (DataBasic), OPENSEQ Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Operating environments Securing the Database by using SSM and GSSM (SSM) |
| and security profiles SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| clearing environment options CLEAR-OPTION (TCL) |
| defining DEFINE-ENVIRONMENT command, SSM Option 4 - Define Environment Settings |
| enviroment settings Environment Settings (SSM) |
| setting environment options SET-OPTION (TCL) |
| setting the current environment SET-ENVIRONMENT (TCL) |
| specifying in a user profile SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Operating system software errors VERIFY-SYSTEM command |
| Operations, repeating Programming Hints (DataBasic) |
| Operators |
| arithmetic Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| assignment Assignment Operators (DataBasic) |
| bitwise Bitwise Logical Functions (DataBasic) |
| concatenation A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| external object Object Operators |
| logical Logical Expressions (DataBasic), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English) |
| precedence Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic) |
| relational F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English), Relational Expressions (DataBasic) |
| with IF (mask) command IF command (with Mask) (Proc) |
| with IF (multivalued) command IF command (Multivalued) (Proc) |
| with IF command IF command (Proc) |
| with IF E command IF E command (Proc) |
| with IFN command IFN command (Proc) |
| Optimisation |
| database performance Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| DataBasic objects Language Server Optimisation |
| join SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| LIKE SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| methods SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| query Application Index Design (SQL), SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| rules SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| OPTIMUM-FRAME-SIZE command OPTIMUM-FRAME-SIZE command |
| OPTIMUM-MODULO command OPTIMUM-MODULO command |
| Options |
| BREAK-ON BREAK-ON Connective (English), Output Specification (English) |
| clause Options for Commands (English) |
| command TCL and General User Commands (TCL), Options for Commands (English) |
| DataBasic compiler Environment Settings (SSM), BASIC command (DataBasic), $OPTIONS Statement (DataBasic) |
| debug PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| default PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| file transfer File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| HEADING/FOOTING HEADING and FOOTING Modifiers (English) |
| session manager Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| options |
| how to style Font Styles |
| OR |
| connective Item Lists (English) |
| operator Logical Expressions (DataBasic) |
| OR connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| Ordered list RW_END_LIST_ITEM (RealWeb), RW_START_OLIST (RealWeb), RW_END_OLIST (RealWeb) |
| Ordered lists RW_MAKE_OLIST (RealWeb), RWS_OLIST (RealWeb), RWA_MAKE_OLIST (RealWeb) |
| OR-ITEMS command OR-ITEMS Command (English) |
| OR-LISTS command OR-LISTS Command (English) |
| ORS function ORS Function (DataBasic) |
| OSI Glossary (Glossary), Network Printing (Spooler), Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration), Networking (Networking) |
| full network The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| null network The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Other documents Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| OUT statement OUT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Outer join Glossary (Glossary), SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| Outgoing web services Outgoing Web Services |
| Out-of-group frame File Structure |
| Output Two ways to Build your HTML (RealWeb) |
| default Data Definition Item (English) |
| specification Output Specification (English) |
| to terminal O command (Proc), T command (Proc) |
| Output buffer Input/Output Buffers (Proc), RWS_GET_BUF (RealWeb), RW_SET_BUF (RealWeb) |
| active Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| clearing RO command (Proc) |
| inserting text H command (Proc) |
| operations BO command (Proc), STOFF command (Proc), RO command (Proc), H command (Proc), STON command (Proc) |
| PQN commands PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| secondary Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| Output devices, Spooler Output Devices (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler) |
| Output devices\, Spooler Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler) |
| Overtype O - Overtype (Screen Editor) |
| Overview UNIX-Connect User Guide (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| readership JavaReal Overview (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC) |
| OVERWRITE option set Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Overwriting items in a different file FS - File Save (Editor) |
| Owner |
| database Glossary (Glossary), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
P
| P conversion code P Code - Pattern Matching (English) |
| P option (TCL) Proc Tips (Proc) |
| Packed decimal MP Code - Masked Packed Decimal (English) |
| Page |
| back 0 - Page Back (Screen Editor) |
| forward . - Page Forward (Screen Editor) |
| HTML RW_END_PAGE (RealWeb), Page (RealWeb), RW_START_HTML_PAGE (RealWeb) |
| PAGE |
| connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| statement PAGE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Page skip setting at end of job FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| page titles |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Paragraph RWS_PARA (RealWeb), RW_START_PARA (RealWeb), RW_END_PARA (RealWeb) |
| parameter names |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Parameters System Routines (RealWeb), RW_GET_PARAM (RealWeb), RW_SET_PARAM (RealWeb) |
| creating null IH command (Proc), MV command (Proc) |
| nulling existing IH command (Proc) |
| passing to a RealWeb subroutine Passing Data to a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| precedence rules Notes on using the API Routines (RealWeb) |
| subroutine Example Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Calling the Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Extending the RSC Class (JReal) |
| Parity checking of tape files See CHECK command |
| Partial PLId Location-based Security (SSM) |
| Partition database Creating and Removing a Database (Host), Creating and Removing a Database (Host), mkdbase Command Line Interface (Host administration), An Overview of Reality Administration |
| backing up UNIX Back-up and Recovery Utilities (Host) |
| checking automatically at startup Checking a Database for Errors (Host), realdbck (Host administration) |
| checking consistency realdbck (Host administration) |
| consistency check realdbck (Host administration) |
| expanding realfstab File (Host administration) |
| pseudo mkdbase (Host administration), mkdbase Command Line Interface (Host administration), mkdbase Menu Interface (Host administration) |
| realfstab entry realfstab File (Host administration) |
| resizing files realresize (Host administration) |
| stripe zones realfstab File (Host administration) |
| Partition Database disks Windows Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database), UNIX Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| PASSWORD command PASSWORD (TCL) |
| Password definitions Securing the Database by using SSM and GSSM (SSM) |
| and the PASSWORD command PASSWORD (TCL) |
| maintaining SSM Option 6 - Define Password Definitions (SSM) |
| PW.DEFINITIONS file SYSMAN Account |
| PasswordLength parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Passwords Remote Logon from UNIX (REMLOG), Connection Parameters (RealWeb), Network Security (UNIX-Connect Administration), See also Password definitions |
| account Security |
| changing PASSWORD (TCL) |
| creating local account CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| creating remote account CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| creating synonym account CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| encryption SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| expiry date SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| integration Password Integration (UNIX only) (Host), realusers (Host administration), Reality/Host Integration (Host environment) |
| integration (FailSafe logging) Reality/Host Integration (Host environment) |
| network user-id USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| removing PASSWORD (TCL) |
| selecting User-based Security (SSM) |
| suppressing logging Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| user User-based Security (SSM) |
| validity period SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Pasting [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| Path separators Reality on the Host (Host) |
| Pattern matching IF command (with Mask) (Proc), Relational Expressions (DataBasic), P Code - Pattern Matching (English) |
| PAUSE statement PAUSE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Pausing execution RQM Statement (DataBasic), PAUSE Statement (DataBasic), MSLEEP Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| PC command PC command (DataBasic debugger) |
| PC operation PC Operation (Screen Editor) |
| PCLINK2 |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| PCS file PRINTER COMMAND STRING Maintenance (Spooler), SYSFILES Account |
| PCS.OUTPUT file DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler), SYSFILES Account |
| PCSM command PRINTER COMMAND STRING Maintenance (Spooler) |
| PCSNI PCSNI Overview (PCSNI), Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL), SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| configuring PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| DLL PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| installing PCSNI Installation (PCSNI), Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| logging ODBC Logging (SQL) |
| PD command PD (Prestore Display) (Editor), PD (TCL) |
| PDF files |
| printing to Output Devices (Spooler) |
| viewing How to use the Online Documentation |
| PEEK command PEEK (TCL) |
| PERFORM statement PERFORM Statement (DataBasic), RTNDATA Statement (DataBasic), Input/Output Buffers (Proc), Input/Output Buffers (Proc), COLLECTDATA Statement (DataBasic) |
| Perl5 directory Reality Software (Host environment) |
| perror Reality Software (Host environment), perror (Host administration) |
| perror command Troubleshooting (UNIX Installation Guide), Log Files, Troubleshooting (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Persistent |
| connections Persistent Connection Options (RealWeb), Connection Parameters (RealWeb), Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb), Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb), Getting Data from your Database (RealWeb) |
| data RW_SET_COOKIE, RW_SET_COOKIE_IMM (RealWeb), RW_LIST_COOKIES (RealWeb), RW_GET_COOKIE (RealWeb) |
| PERSONNEL data PERSONNEL File (SQL) |
| PG connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| PH-ALLOCATE command PH-ALLOCATE (TIPH) |
| PH-DELETE command PH-DELETE (TIPH) |
| PH-HISTORY file Using TIPH (TIPH), SYSFILES Account |
| PH-KILL command PH-KILL (TIPH) |
| PH-LINES command PH-LINES (TIPH) |
| PH-MONITOR command PH-MONITOR (TIPH) |
| PH-START command PH-START (TIPH) |
| PH-STATUS command PH-STATUS (TIPH), SYSFILES Account |
| Physical saves Backup Methods used by tlmenu (Resilience), Overview of Save and Restore, SAVE-IMAGE, realdump |
| PIB See Primary input buffer |
| Pictures RW_IMAGE (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE (RealWeb) |
| PIFS Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic) |
| Pipe, using as a tape image (UNIX) Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| Plain text RW_SET_TYPE (RealWeb) |
| base session numbers PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| formats Location-based Security (SSM) |
| partial Location-based Security (SSM) |
| port mapping PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| port specification PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| user profile field SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| user-defined format Location-Based Security (Windows), Location-based Security (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| PLId to port mapping PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| checking devices file chkdev (Host administration) |
| setting up devices file PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| PlidByPeer parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| PLIDHOSTS file User Equivalence (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| POB See Primary output buffer |
| Pointer |
| environments See Synonym, environments |
| moving Input/Output Buffers (Proc), F command (Proc), BO command (Proc), B command (Proc), S command (Proc) |
| POINTER-FILE file Glossary (Glossary), Introduction to Accounts, SYSFILES Account, UPDATE-ALL-ACCOUNTS |
| DataBasic programs CATALOG command (DataBasic) |
| listing LISTPF command |
| saved lists WRITELIST Statement (DataBasic), DELETELIST Statement (DataBasic), READLIST Statement (DataBasic), SORT-LIST Command (English), List Processing Commands (English) |
| POKE command POKE (TCL) |
| Pooled connections Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb), Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| Port Connection Parameters (RealWeb) |
| Port despooling See PORT-DESPOOL command |
| Port number |
| default Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| TCP/IP Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Port numbers Networking (Networking) |
| Port setting PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| default PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| Port, specification PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| PORT-DESPOOL command Other Documents (Other Documents), Despoolers (Spooler), PORT-DESPOOL - Despooling Print Jobs to a Port (Spooler) |
| PORTn file File Statistics Reports |
| PORTOUT command Other Documents (Other Documents), PORT-DESPOOL - Despooling Print Jobs to a Port (Spooler) |
| PortRange parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Ports Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| in use, listing LISTU command, LISTU.SUMMARY |
| pseudo Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| real Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Reality Output Devices (Spooler) |
| TCP/IP Networking (Networking) |
| PORTS file SYSFILES Account |
| POSITION statement POSITION Statement (DataBasic), LIMIT.INDEX Statement (DataBasic) |
| Positioning line pointer n Command (Editor), G - Goto (Editor), U - Up (Editor) |
| at end of item B - Bottom (Editor) |
| at top of item T - Top (Editor) |
| POVF command Determining Free Space Availability, POVF command |
| Power function PWR Function (DataBasic) |
| PP command PP - Print Prestore (Editor) |
| PQ-COMPILE command G command (Proc), C command (Proc), Programming Efficiency (Proc), PQ-COMPILE (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| PQN proc commands PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| PQN.ABS.S environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| PQ-RESELECT verb PQ-RESELECT (Proc) |
| PQ-SELECT verb PQ-SELECT (Proc) |
| Precedence Notes on using the API Routines (RealWeb) |
| operator Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic) |
| Precision of column SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Choosing Data Types (SQL) |
| PRECISION statement PRECISION Statement (DataBasic) |
| Predefined symbols Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic), $OPTIONS Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Pre-formatted text RW_FIXED_OFF (RealWeb), RW_FIXED_ON (RealWeb), RWS_FIXED (RealWeb) |
| PreparedStatement RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Prerequisites System Requirements (SQL) |
| remote tape server Remote Tape Server (External Components Installation Guide) |
| UNIX Prerequisites (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| web services Reality Web Services (External Components Installation Guide) |
| Windows Prerequisites (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Pre-requisites |
| UNIX Prerequisites (Release Information) |
| Windows Prerequisites (Release Information) |
| Prestore |
| commands Creating and Using Prestored Commands (Screen Editor) |
| displaying contents of ?P (Editor) |
| record * - Prestore Record (Screen Editor), Creating and Using Prestored Commands (Screen Editor) |
| run CTRL+P - Prestore Run (Screen Editor) |
| Prestored command |
| running CTRL+P - Prestore Run (Screen Editor) |
| Prestoring Editor command sequences P - Prestore (Editor), PD (Prestore Display) (Editor), PP - Print Prestore (Editor) |
| Primary database FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| Primary input buffer Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| Primary key Glossary (Glossary), Glossary (Glossary), CREATE TABLE Statement (SQL) |
| Primary keys |
| choosing Choosing Primary Keys (SQL) |
| column definition SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| composite Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| updating Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| viewing Option 3: View Table Definitions (SQL) |
| Primary output buffer Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| Print job |
| banner FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), Formqueues (Spooler) |
| blank pages SP-EJECT - Ejecting Blank Pages from a Printer (Spooler) |
| control item Spooler File Formats (Spooler) |
| hold file Print Jobs (Spooler) |
| job-id SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler) |
| suspending Action Code 9 Suspend Printing and SP-SUSPEND (Spooler) |
| Print jobs Print Jobs (Spooler), Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler), See also Spooler |
| cleaning up SP-FIX - Cleaning Up Print Jobs After a Program Crash (Spooler) |
| control data Action Code 16 Display Detail and SP-DETAIL (Spooler) |
| copying SP-COPY - Copying Print Jobs to Another Job File (Spooler) |
| despooling to port PORT-DESPOOL - Despooling Print Jobs to a Port (Spooler) |
| listing SP-FORMQUEUE - Listing All Print Jobs in a Formqueue (Spooler), Action Code 15 FQ/System Jobs (Spooler) |
| moving Action Code 1 Switch All Jobs and SP-MOVEQ (Spooler), Action Code 2 Switch One Job and SP-SWITCH (Spooler) |
| tape to Spooler SP-TAPEOUT- Transferring Print Jobs from Tape to a Formqueue (Spooler) |
| Print limiter Sort Criteria (English), Sentence Structure (English), Output Specification (English) |
| Print screen Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| PRINT statement PRINT Statement (DataBasic) |
| formatting data Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| PRINT.JOB.CONTROL file Print Jobs (Spooler), Spooler File Formats (Spooler), SYSFILES Account |
| PRINT-CATALOG command PRINT-CATALOG command (DataBasic) |
| Printer |
| connections Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| control features Printer Control Features (Spooler) |
| forcing output PC command (DataBasic debugger) |
| interface scripts Printer Interface Scripts (UNIX Host Only) (Spooler) |
| networked Remote Printing (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| output from Proc L command (Proc) |
| page length specification FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| page width FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| private, setup or release Setting Up and Releasing Reality Private Printers (UNIX only) (Host) |
| programming Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| setting up BUILD.PRINTERS (Spooler), Setting up Printers on Reality (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| spooling to Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler) |
| translation Action Code 8 Change Translation and SP-TRANSLATE (Spooler) |
| Printer administration Printer Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| npu Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Print Management Utility Printer Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Reality printers Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Printer command strings PRINTER COMMAND STRING Maintenance (Spooler) |
| DataBasic element allowed PRINTER COMMAND STRING Maintenance (Spooler) |
| print job id PRINTER COMMAND STRING Maintenance (Spooler) |
| producing executable program PRINTER COMMAND STRING Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Printer definition maintenance Terminals and Printers (Other Documents) |
| PRINTER file SYSFILES Account |
| Printer independence Printer Control Features (Spooler), PTR Function (DataBasic) |
| function sequence Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic) |
| functions Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic) |
| introduction Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic) |
| item-id DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Printer sharing |
| enabling DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| hold time specification DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| npu Network Printing (Spooler), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| sleep time specification DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| PRINTER statement PRINTER Statement (DataBasic) |
| PRINTER.TABLES file DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler), Printer Control Features (Spooler), SYSFILES Account |
| PRINT-ERR command PRINT-ERR (TCL) |
| PRINTERR statement PRINTERR Statement (DataBasic) |
| Printers Terminals and Printers (Other Documents) |
| configuring BUILD.PRINTERS (Spooler), Setting up Printers on Reality (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Data Products DATAPRODUCTS (TCL) |
| ejecting pages SP-EJECT - Ejecting Blank Pages from a Printer (Spooler) |
| network Output Devices (Spooler) |
| private Output Devices (Spooler) |
| setting up Procedure for Setting Up Printers (Spooler) |
| sharing Network Printing (Spooler) |
| system Output Devices (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler) |
| UNIX Procedure for Setting Up Printers (Spooler) |
| Windows Procedure for Setting Up Printers (Spooler) |
| Printing UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration), See also Spooler |
| documentation How to use the Online Documentation |
| from DataBasic PRINT Statement (DataBasic) |
| from Reality - npu Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| items S-DUMP Command (English), CP (TCL), I-DUMP Command (English) |
| network Network Printing (Spooler), Setting-up Network Printing (Networking) |
| ROUTE FILE entry Printing an Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| SovereignX Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| suppression SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler) |
| to a PDF file Output Devices (Spooler) |
| via terminals Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| with format strings PRINT Statement (DataBasic) |
| PRINTRONIX command PRINTRONIX (TCL) |
| PRIOR.OBJ file BASIC.CONVERSION Account |
| PRIOR.PF file BASIC.CONVERSION Account |
| PRIV keyword Reserved Licences (Host) |
| Private |
| formqueue FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), Formqueues (Spooler) |
| queue reference FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Private printers Output Devices (Spooler), DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| interface scripts Printer Interface Scripts (UNIX Host Only) (Spooler) |
| setup or release Setting Up and Releasing Reality Private Printers (UNIX only) (Host) |
| starting Setting Up and Releasing Reality Private Printers (UNIX only) (Host) |
| Privilege grants |
| update Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| viewing Option 3: View Table Definitions (SQL) |
| Privileged ports PLId to Port Mapping (Host), Reserved Licences (Host) |
| Privileges CREATE-ACCOUNT, CREATE-ACCOUNT, SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| displaying USER (TCL) |
| granting GRANT Statement (SQL) |
| set up using TCL verb SET-PRIV command |
| Problem reporting Dealing with System Problems |
| Problem solving Problem Solving (PCSNI), Dealing with System Problems, Despoolers (Spooler), See also Troubleshooting |
| calling entries Executing a Proc (Proc) |
| command definition Command Definition Items |
| commands TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| comparisons of PQ and PQN Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc) |
| compiling Programming Efficiency (Proc), PQ-COMPILE (Proc) |
| control Executing a Proc (Proc) |
| debugging TR command (Proc), C command (Proc), P command (Proc) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| examples Proc Examples (Proc) |
| executing Executing a Proc (Proc) |
| features Proc Features (Proc) |
| interface to transactions Transaction Handling (Proc) |
| labels Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| linking Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| logon control See Logon control program |
| problems with Common User Problems and Solutions |
| quick reference guide (V10.0) Quick Reference Guides (Other Documents) |
| structure Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| system Proc Tips (Proc) |
| tracing TR command (Proc) |
| transferring control within GOSUB command (Proc), GO F command (Proc), G command (Proc), GO B command (Proc) |
| transfers F-OPEN command (Proc), ( ) command (Proc), Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc), RTN command (Proc) |
| transfers within same M command (Proc) |
| uncompiling UCOMPILE command (Proc) |
| user exits U command (Proc) |
| Procedures |
| input General Procedures (TCL) |
| SQL See SQL procedures |
| Process Glossary (Glossary) |
| aborts Serious Problems |
| execution ANALYZE Command, WHERE command |
| intercommunication Setting-up Interprocess Communication (Networking), Interprocess Communication (DataBasic) |
| program errors perror (Host administration) |
| pseudo-partitions Creating and Removing a Database (Host) |
| terminal independent Using TIPH (TIPH) |
| Process recovery Process Recovery (Resilience - Transaction Handling), Database Recovery (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| distributed transactions Process Recovery (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| Processing |
| BREAK-ON connective BREAK-ON Connective Processing (English) |
| conversion code summary Code Summary (English) |
| detail line Detail Line Processing (English) |
| options, XML XML Extraction (XML) |
| selection Selection Processing (English) |
| sort Sort Processing (English) |
| SQL query Application Index Design (SQL) |
| stages Processing Stages (English) |
| TOTAL connective TOTAL Connective Processing (English) |
| PROCLIB file Executing a Proc (Proc), Proc Tips (Proc), SYSFILES Account, LISTPROCS command |
| PROCREAD statement PROCREAD Statement (DataBasic) |
| Procs |
| chaining Programming Efficiency (Proc) |
| create/update Database Setup |
| CUSTOM-SETUP Database Setup |
| database start-up Database Setup |
| DBSTART Database Setup |
| listing LISTPROCS command |
| structuring Programming Efficiency (Proc) |
| PROCWRITE statement PROCWRITE Statement (DataBasic), Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| PROCX environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Profiles |
| SSM Using the SSM Command (SSM) |
| Profiling DataBasic programs Using the DataBasic Profiler (DataBasic) |
| Profits program Profits Program Example (DataBasic) |
| Program See also DataBasic |
| blank spaces in line Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| breaking execution M command (DataBasic debugger), E command (DataBasic debugger), BREAK command |
| cataloging PRINT-CATALOG command (DataBasic), CATALOG command (DataBasic) |
| chaining CHAIN Statement (DataBasic) |
| coding techniques Programming Hints (DataBasic) |
| comments Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| compiling COMPILE command (DataBasic), BASIC command (DataBasic) |
| decataloging DELETE-CATALOG, DECATALOG commands (DataBasic) |
| errors perror (Host administration) |
| executing G command (DataBasic debugger) |
| header PRINT-CATALOG command (DataBasic), BASIC command (DataBasic) |
| item-id Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| line number $ command (DataBasic debugger) |
| listing W command (DataBasic debugger), PRINT-CATALOG command (DataBasic), L command (DataBasic debugger), BLIST command (DataBasic) |
| logon control See Logon control program |
| modifying Programming Hints (DataBasic) |
| multi-statement lines Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| name ?M command (DataBasic debugger), Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| nested The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| size BASIC command (DataBasic) |
| storing Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| suppressing terminal output P command (DataBasic debugger) |
| terminating execution END command (DataBasic debugger), OFF command (DataBasic debugger) |
| verifying BVERIFY command (DataBasic), VERIFY-SYSTEM command |
| PROGRAM statement PROGRAM Statement (DataBasic) |
| Program to program communication UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Programming efficiency Programming Efficiency (Proc) |
| Programming hints Programming Hints (DataBasic) |
| Programming in DataBasic Programming in DataBasic (DataBasic) |
| Programs |
| cataloging DB command (DataBasic) |
| compiling DB command (DataBasic) |
| editing DB command (DataBasic) |
| executing RUN command (DataBasic) |
| Prologue |
| assignment to formqueue FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Prologue data |
| Prologue item-id |
| despooler DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Prologues |
| introducing Printer Control Features (Spooler) |
| Prompt |
| debugger The Debugger (DataBasic debugger), Debugging Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| Prompt character IBN command (Proc), PROMPT command (Proc), IN command (Proc), IP command (Proc), IBP command (Proc) |
| Prompt character specification PROMPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| PROMPT command PROMPT command (Proc), PROMPT Command (TCL) |
| PROMPT statement PROMPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Prompts |
| conventions Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows) |
| Properties Properties File (JReal) |
| Protocol setting PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| default PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| Protocols |
| npu Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Provider type |
| Destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Pseudo ports Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Pseudo-floppy image |
| converting to Reality tape image MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| creating from tape image MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| Pseudo-partition database An Overview of Reality Administration |
| Pseudo-tape Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| PTR devices Output Devices (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler), Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler) |
| PTR function PTR Function (DataBasic), Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic), Printer Independent Functions (DataBasic) |
| Public formqueue FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), Formqueues (Spooler) |
| Pull-down list RW_SELECT_LIST (RealWeb), RWA_SELECT_LIST (RealWeb) |
| Push button RWA_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_BUTTON (RealWeb), RWA_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| submit RWA_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| Push operators, F conversion code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| put command Transferring Files (UNIX-Connect User Guide), put Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| PW.DEFINITIONS file SYSMAN Account |
| maintaining SSM Option 6 - Define Password Definitions (SSM) |
| PWR function PWR Function (DataBasic) |
Q
| Q command Q - Delete Word (Screen Editor), Q (Editor) |
| Q-pointer File Synonym Definition Item, LISTFILES (TCL) |
| danger of using SQL Catalog Files (SQL) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| remote Setting-up Remote File Access (Networking) |
| Q-pointers |
| creating SET-FILE (TCL) |
| SET-FILE command SET-FILE (TCL) |
| QSELECT command QSELECT Command (English) |
| Q-type entry Q Type Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Heartbeat Connecting to a Heartbeat System (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Query |
| optimisation SQL Query Optimisation (SQL) |
| optimising using indexes Application Index Design (SQL) |
| processing Application Index Design (SQL) |
| Queue status |
| meaning Status Conditions and Values (Spooler) |
| QUEUE STATUS screen SP-STATUS (Spooler) |
| Quick images Rapid Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| Quick reference guides Quick Reference Guides (Other Documents) |
| quit command quit Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| QUOTE function QUOTE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Quotes DQUOTE Function (DataBasic), SQUOTE Function (DataBasic), RWS_QUOTE (RealWeb), QUOTE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), RWS_BLOCKQUOTE (RealWeb), Item Lists (English) |
R
| R command ?R (Editor), R - Replace (Editor), I - Insert (Editor), R - Replace Character (Screen Editor), Operation of the Editor (Editor) |
| match any character option ^ Command (Editor) |
| repeating AR - Replace Again (Editor) |
| search strings Search Strings (Editor) |
| wildcard character ^ Command (Editor) |
| R conversion code R Code - Range Check (English) |
| R/REALLOC |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Radio button RWA_RADIO (RealWeb), RW_RADIO (RealWeb) |
| RAISE function RAISE Function (DataBasic) |
| Random number function RND Function (DataBasic) |
| Range check R Code - Range Check (English) |
| Rapid Recovery Introduction to Reality |
| database recovery Rapid Database Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| description Rapid Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| overview Resilience Options (Resilience) |
| performance implications Rapid Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| shadow databases Rapid Database Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| Raw image processor Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Raw image receiver Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| administration rladm (Resilience) |
| disk Clean Log File System (Resilience), Raw Log Configuration (Resilience) |
| flushing Raw Log Configuration (Resilience) |
| location Raw Log Configuration (Resilience) |
| making mklog - Making a Raw Log (Resilience) |
| sizing Raw Log Configuration (Resilience) |
| Raw partition database An Overview of Reality Administration |
| Raw TCP/IP connections ACCEPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| RAW.FORMAT environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| RCEDIT RCEDIT |
| RCS |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| rcslisten Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Deleting an Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration), ROUTE-FILE Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| rdb System Debugger, Reality/Host Integration (Host environment) |
| UNIX access restrictions SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| Reactivating a suspended program WAKE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Read and update locks See Group, locks |
| Read pointer position POSITION Statement (DataBasic), LIMIT.INDEX Statement (DataBasic) |
| READ statement READ Statement (DataBasic) |
| READ-1900 command Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| READ-2900 command Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| READBLK Statement READBLK Statement (DataBasic) |
| Reading |
| an attribute READVU Statement (DataBasic), READV Statement (DataBasic), Proc Tips (Proc) |
| items READ Statement (DataBasic), File Input and Output (DataBasic), READU Statement (DataBasic) |
| lists READLIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| sequential file READBLK Statement (DataBasic), READSEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| tape READT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Reading a tape T-READ (Tape) |
| Reading items RWA_INSERT_CONV_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| READLIST statement READLIST Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), READLIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| READNEXT statement READNEXT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), READNEXT Statement (DataBasic) |
| READPREV statement READPREV Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), READPREV Statement (DataBasic) |
| READSEQ Statement READSEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| READT statement READT Statement (DataBasic) |
| READU statement READU Statement (DataBasic) |
| READV statement File Input and Output (DataBasic), READV Statement (DataBasic) |
| READVU statement READVU Statement (DataBasic) |
| REAL data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Real ports Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| REAL.SYSTEM function SYSTEM and REAL.SYSTEM Functions (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| REALACC Starting Reality Automatically (Host), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| REALACC environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALADMINKEY environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| realbind realbind |
| REALBREAK Reality Break Character (Host) |
| REALBREAK environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALCASEINSENSITIVE environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| realcd Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| REALCIP_LOGLIMIT environment variable Automatic Switching of Clean Logs (Resilience), Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| REALCIP_RLOGSPACECRITICAL environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALCLOGPREFIX environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| realclone realclone |
| RealColdStart script Database Setup (Host) |
| REALCOMPTAPEIMAGE environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALCOMPTAPEIMAGE environment variable Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| REALDBASE Reality Software (Host environment), Starting Reality Automatically (Host), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| REALDBASE environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| realdbck Reality Software (Host environment), realdbck (Host administration) |
| running automatically at database startup Checking a Database for Errors (Host), realdbck (Host administration) |
| RealDbCk parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| realdd Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| realdump Backup Methods used by tlmenu (Resilience), Overview of Save and Restore, realdump |
| REALDUMP environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| RealEdit RealEdit (External Components Installation Guide), RealEdit |
| configuration Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| configuring RealEdit (External Components Installation Guide) |
| installing RealEdit (External Components Installation Guide) |
| realevent realevent |
| realfstab file realfstab File (Host administration) |
| REALIDLEDESPOOLERSLEEP environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALIDLEDESPOOLERSLEEP environment variable Despoolers (Spooler) |
| RealIdleDespoolerSleep parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Reality See also reality command |
| changing the live version Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide) |
| configuration Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration), General Administration Tasks (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| daemons Reality Software (Host environment) |
| database directory Database Structure (Host environment) |
| default version Setting Up Defaults (Windows), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide) |
| differences documents Differences Documents (Other Documents) |
| environment Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| executables Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| formqueue Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration), Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration), Remote Printing (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| host utilities Host Utilities (Host) |
| instances See Database, isolation |
| live version Reality Software (Host environment) |
| multiple versions of Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide) |
| on the host Reality on the Host (Host) |
| on UNIX Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| release information Differences Documents (Other Documents) |
| ROUTE-FILE entry Reality Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| running multiple versions of Upgrading from an Earlier Release (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| services Reality Software (Host environment) |
| shutdown Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| starting Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| starting automatically Starting Reality Automatically (Host) |
| startup Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| user startup reality (Host administration) |
| utilities Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Reality account setup Setting-up the Host System (SQL) |
| Reality administration |
| npu Setting up Printers on Reality (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Reality data dictionaries, using existing Creating a Reality SQL Catalog (SQL) |
| Reality database, SQL data source Reality Database as an SQL Data Source (SQL) |
| Reality dictionaries, reviewing Creating a Reality SQL Catalog (SQL) |
| Reality DR See Disaster Recovery |
| Reality executable, Reality entry Reality Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Reality Explorer Introduction to Reality |
| REALITY files |
| reading items RWA_INSERT_CONV_ITEM (RealWeb), RWA_INSERT_ITEM (RealWeb), RW_INSERT_ITEM (RealWeb), RW_INSERT_CONV_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| Reality on the Web Reality on the Web |
| Reality ports Output Devices (Spooler) |
| Reality printer |
| adding Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| administration Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| configuring Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| listing Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| removing Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ROUTE-FILE entry Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Reality services realserv (Host administration) |
| reality servlet Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb), Writing Servlets to Access Reality via RealWeb (JReal) |
| Reality SQL SQL Statements Supported by Reality (SQL) |
| data structures Table/Column Definition Design (SQL) |
| Reality SQL catalog Glossary (Glossary) |
| Reality user process |
| priority setting SET-PRIORITY command |
| reality.properties Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Debugging (JReal), Properties File (JReal) |
| realityis servlet Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb), Writing Servlets to Access Reality via RealWeb (JReal) |
| REALITY-LICENCE file SYSMAN Account |
| realityrc file RCEDIT, Reality Software (Host environment) |
| RealityX Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| RealJTest Setting-up the SQL/JDBC Software on a Client System (SQL), RealSQL-JDBC Driver (External Components Installation Guide) |
| RealLink for Windows Introduction to Reality, Problem Solving (PCSNI), Terminals and Printers (Other Documents) |
| REALLISTALLLOCKS environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| realload realload |
| Reallocation parameters File Definition Item, Account Definition Item, Data Level Descriptor |
| REALLOGLEVEL Reality Software (Host environment) |
| REALLOGLEVEL environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| realman directory Reality Software (Host environment), netadmin Utility (Windows Installation Guide) |
| setting Setting Up Defaults (Windows) |
| realman user-id Set-up before Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| REALMAXLOGSIZE environment variable Daemon Log Rotation (Host), Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALNOAUTOSTART environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALNOREJECTCLEAR environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| REALOLDLOGDIR Daemon Log Rotation (Host) |
| REALOLDLOGDIR environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALOLDLOGMAX Daemon Log Rotation (Host) |
| REALOLDLOGMAX environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALOLDSAVE environment variable Notes on Save and Restore, Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALPLIDFORMAT environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALPRIORITYINC environment variable SET-PRIORITY command, Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| realprof host command Using the DataBasic Profiler (DataBasic) |
| realrecover command Rapid Database Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery), Rapid Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| REALRESERVERLTYXDSP environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| REALRESERVEROSFS environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| REALRESERVERSCSRVR environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| REALRESERVERWSRVR environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| REALRESERVESQLSRVR environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| realresize realresize (Host administration), Reality Software (Host environment), Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| REALROOT Reality Software (Host environment), Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| live version of Reality Reality Software (Host environment) |
| manual startup Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| Reality ROUTE-FILE entry Reality Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| REALROOT environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| realroot host command realroot |
| realrts Realrts (Host administration) |
| realserv realserv (Host administration), Reality Software (Host environment), Starting and Stopping Reality (Host), Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| realserv command Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| RealSQL driver Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL), Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL), SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| description SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| realsql.properties RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQLCallableStatement RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQLConnection RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQLDatabaseMetaData RealSQLDatabaseMetaData (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLResultSet (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQLDriver RealSQLDriver (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQL-ODBC driver |
| installing Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| RealSQLPreparedStatement RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQLResultSet Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLResultSet (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQLResultSetMetaData RealSQLResultSetMetaData (RealSQL-JDBC), Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQLServer RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| RealSQLStatement Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| realstart Reality Software (Host environment), realstart (Host administration), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| REALTAPE environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALTLDUMPDEN environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| REALTLDUMPSIZE environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| REALUSEMMAP environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| REALUSER Starting Reality Automatically (Host), Environment Variables for UNIX (Host) |
| REALUSER environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| realusers Password Integration (UNIX only) (Host), Reality Software (Host environment), realusers (Host administration) |
| RealWeb RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| account Setting up RealWeb Users and Accounts (RealWeb) |
| API Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| class Managing Connections (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal) |
| configuring Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb), Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| errors Debugging your RealWeb Subroutines - RW_DEBUG (RealWeb) |
| item servlet Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| user Setting up RealWeb Users and Accounts (RealWeb) |
| RealWeb subroutine |
| calling Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| debugging Debugging your RealWeb Subroutines - RW_DEBUG (RealWeb) |
| passing parameters to Passing Data to a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| writing Writing a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb), A First RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| realweb.debug Debugging (JReal) |
| RealWeb.getConnection() Description of the Example Servlet (JReal) |
| realweb.ini Managing Connections (JReal) |
| RealWeb.init() Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal) |
| REALWEB.SECURITY file RealWeb Security (RealWeb), Setting up RealWeb Users and Accounts (RealWeb), Setting up Security for External Access (SSM), A First RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| RealWebUrl Description of the Example Servlet (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| Rebuilding a database Creating and Removing a Database (Host), mkdbase (Host administration), mkdbase Command Line Interface (Host administration), mkdbase Menu Interface (Host administration) |
| Recalling TCL commands . (Dot - TCL Stacker Recall Command) (TCL) |
| RECEIVE statement RECEIVE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Recipient, alerts realevent |
| Recommended reading Related Documents (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC), Related Documents (RealWeb) |
| Record prestored command * - Prestore Record (Screen Editor) |
| Record size, tape Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| RECORDLOCKED function RECORDLOCKED Function (DataBasic) |
| Recoverable Files Rapid Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| RECOVER-FD command F - File (Screen Editor), Recovering Deleted Items: RECOVER-FD Command (Editor) |
| Recovering |
| database Transaction Logging Database Recovery (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| deleted items Recovering Deleted Items: RECOVER-FD Command (Editor) |
| index definitions DEFINE-INDEX (TCL) |
| Shadow database Rebuilding and Restoring the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| unused disk space Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| Recovery |
| cold start Checking a Database for Errors (Host), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Database Setup (Host), Database Setup |
| FailSafe FailSafe Database Recovery (Resilience - FailSafe), FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| methods Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging), Database Recovery (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| Shadow Database Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| RECWAIT statement RECWAIT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Redefining columns of table ALTER TABLE Statement (SQL) |
| Redefining user exits Redefining User Exits (DataBasic) |
| Redisplay the current line Editor Commands (Editor) |
| Referencing |
| dimensioned arrays Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| dynamic arrays Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| REFORMAT command REFORMAT Command (English) |
| REFORMAT.IID environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Regenerating a table Option 5: Regenerate Table (SQL) |
| Registry RealSQLDriver (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Registry (Windows) File Synonym Definition Item, Remote Account Definition Item |
| Related documents Related Documents (JReal/RealSQL-JDBC), UNIX-Connect System Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Relational |
| expressions Relational Expressions (DataBasic) |
| operators F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English), Command Definition Items, Relational Expressions (DataBasic), Item Lists (English) |
| Relational database |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Release information |
| previous releases Differences Documents (Other Documents) |
| RELEASE statement RELEASE Statement (DataBasic) |
| release/version directory Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Releasing |
| item lock RELEASE Statement (DataBasic), K - Unlock Item (Editor) |
| RELOG.DB.DUMPS program RELOG.DB.DUMPS program |
| REM |
| command REM Command (TCL) |
| function MOD Function (DataBasic), REM Function (DataBasic) |
| statement REM Statement (DataBasic), Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| REM.MOD compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Remainder function MODS Function (DataBasic), MOD Function (DataBasic), REM Function (DataBasic) |
| REMLOG Remote Logon from UNIX (REMLOG), Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| commands Remote Logon from UNIX (REMLOG) |
| error messages Error Messages (REMLOG) |
| ESCAPE parameter Local Mode (REMLOG), Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| local mode Remote Mode (REMLOG), Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| remote mode Starting REMLOG in Remote Mode (REMLOG), Remote Mode (REMLOG) |
| swiching modes Remote Logon from UNIX (REMLOG), Remote Mode (REMLOG) |
| TRANSLATE parameter Local Mode (REMLOG), Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| Remote |
| account Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, CREATE-ACCOUNT, Remote Account Definition Item, Setting-up Remote File Access (Networking) |
| environment Glossary (Glossary) |
| FailSafe administration Remote Administration of a FailSafe Secondary (Resilience) |
| file access SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM), Setting-up Remote File Access (Networking) |
| mode Starting REMLOG in Remote Mode (REMLOG), Remote Logon from UNIX (REMLOG), Remote Mode (REMLOG) |
| printing Reality/Host Integration (Host environment), Remote Printing (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| spooling Network Printing (Spooler), Remote Spooling (Spooler) |
| tape T-DEVICE (Tape), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| Remote Basic See also cNISRbRscLink class |
| ActiveX control Remote Basic ActiveX Control (External Components Installation Guide), Remote Basic ActiveX Control (Remote Basic) |
| configuration Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| security SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| subroutine Example Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Calling the Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Extending the RSC Class (JReal) |
| remote command Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| Remote database SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM), SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM), Remote Databases (Windows) |
| Remote host PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| Remote Shell command Remote Shell Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Remote tape Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| Remote tape server Remote Tape Server (External Components Installation Guide) |
| UNIX install_rt (Host administration) |
| Windows Realrts (Host administration) |
| Remove See Deleting |
| REMOVE statement REMOVE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), REMOVE Statement (DataBasic) |
| REMOVE.LAST REMOVE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| REMOVE.LAST compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| REMOVE.PEOS REMOVE Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| REMOVE.POS function REMOVE.POS Function |
| REMOVE.POS statement REMOVE.POS Statement |
| Removing updates install_fix (Host administration) |
| RENAME-FILE command Introduction to File and File Index Management, RENAME-FILE (TCL) |
| Repeat locate command A - Locate Again (Screen Editor) |
| REPEAT statement REPEAT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Repeating |
| last L command issued A - Again (Editor) |
| last R command issued AR - Replace Again (Editor) |
| REPLACE function REPLACE Function (DataBasic) |
| Replacing |
| characters R - Replace Character (Screen Editor), MC Codes - Mask Character (English) |
| elements in dynamic arrays Dynamic Arrays (DataBasic) |
| strings S - Search and Replace (Screen Editor), R - Replace (Editor) |
| REPLICATEITEMLOCKS environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| ReplicateItemLocks parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Replug connections Example Configuration (UNIX-Connect Administration), Q Type Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Reporting problems Dealing with System Problems |
| Reports |
| generating General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| Re-queueing held print jobs Action Code 19 Re-queue Hold File and SP-QUEUEHOLD (Spooler) |
| Re-queuing print jobs from tape SP-TAPEOUT- Transferring Print Jobs from Tape to a Formqueue (Spooler) |
| Requirements See Prerequisites |
| Reserved |
| characters RW_PUT_TRANSLATED (RealWeb), RWS_TRANS (RealWeb), RW_TRANS (RealWeb) |
| licences Reserved Licences (Host), Licences |
| symbols General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| words SQL Reserved Words (SQL), Program Elements (DataBasic), General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| Reset button RW_RESET (RealWeb), RWA_RESET (RealWeb) |
| Reset Selection command Action Code 4 Reset Selection (Spooler) |
| RESET.DESPOOLER command RESET.DESPOOLER - Resetting the Despooler System (Spooler) |
| RESET-ALPHA command RESET-ALPHA (TCL) |
| Resetting bit function BITRESET Function (DataBasic) |
| Resilience features |
| configuring Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Resilience options |
| overview Resilience Options (Resilience), Overview of Resilience Options (Resilience) |
| Resilient disk sub-system Windows Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| RESIZE-FILE command RESIZE-FILE command, Improving Database Efficiency |
| Resizing files Manual Resizing (File and File Index Management) |
| automatically sized Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| on-line RESIZE-FILE command, realresize (Host administration), Improving Database Efficiency (Host), Improving Database Efficiency (Host) |
| Restoring Operating Facilities, Save and Restore |
| accounts Restore Procedures |
| clean logs Types of Log File (Resilience), Restoring Clean Logs onto the Database (Resilience - Transaction Logging), Restoring Clean Log(s) onto the Secondary Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| database Restoring the Database from the Most Recent Backup Tape (Resilience - Transaction Logging), Restore Procedures |
| files and items Restore Procedures |
| from an encrypted tape drive Data Encryption |
| multideck Multideck Save/Restore Utility (dbsave) |
| multiple accounts M-A-R |
| Restricting access to Reality files RealWeb Security (RealWeb) |
| Restrictions Restrictions (Release Information) |
| ResultSet Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLResultSet (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC), RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| types RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| ResultSetMetaData RealSQLResultSetMetaData (RealSQL-JDBC), Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Resynchronising FailSafe Resynchronising Databases for Normal FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe), TL-RESTORE (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| Retix Glossary (Glossary) |
| Retries |
| npu npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Retrieval and update lock codes File Definition Item, Account Definition Item, Synonym Account Definition Item, CREATE-ACCOUNT, CREATE-ACCOUNT, Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys, Security |
| keys SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Retrieving |
| clean log Retrieving an Archived Clean Log (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| cookies RW_GET_COOKIE (RealWeb) |
| parameter values RW_GET_PARAM (RealWeb) |
| Retry interval |
| npu Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), npu Command (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| RETURN Return (Screen Editor) |
| RETURN key I - Insert (Editor), O - Overtype (Screen Editor), RETURN Key (Editor) |
| RETURN statement RETURN Statement (DataBasic), Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic), Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic) |
| Reversing Shadow pair Swapping to the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| REVOKE statement REVOKE Statement (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| REWIND statement REWIND Statement (DataBasic) |
| RFSSETFREE environment variable Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| RHTTP_ functions |
| examples Outgoing Web Services - Examples |
| RHTTP_CLOSE function RHTTP_CLOSE function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_GET function Outgoing Web Services - Examples, RHTTP_GET function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_GET_HEADER function RHTTP_GET_HEADER function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_GET_REPLY_HEADER function RHTTP_GET_REPLY_HEADER function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_INIT_REQUEST function Outgoing Web Services - Examples, RHTTP_INIT_REQUEST function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_RESET function RHTTP_RESET function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_RETRIEVE function Outgoing Web Services - Examples, RHTTP_RETRIEVE function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_SET_DEFAULT function Outgoing Web Services - Examples, RHTTP_SET_DEFAULT function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_SET_HEADER function RHTTP_SET_HEADER Function, Outgoing Web Services - Examples |
| RHTTP_SOAP_REQUEST function Outgoing Web Services - Examples, RHTTP_SOAP_REQUEST function (DataBasic) |
| RI command RI command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| RIGHT function RIGHT Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Right text alignment RW_ALIGN (RealWeb) |
| rip See Raw image processor |
| rir See Raw image receiver |
| rladm rladm (Resilience), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| rmdbase Creating and Removing a Database (Host), Reality Software (Host environment), rmdbase (Host administration) |
| RND function RND Function (DataBasic) |
| RO command RO command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| Rolling back a transaction TRANSABORT Statement (DataBasic), Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling), TRANSABORT command (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| rosi user-id Set-up before Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| ROSI-UNIX Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| ROSSTYLEITEMLOCKS environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
| RosStyleItemLocks parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Round brackets |
| netadmin prompt Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows) |
| ROUND function ROUND Function (DataBasic) |
| adding entries Adding a ROUTE-FILE Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Alternative Host entry The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), Alternative Host Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| deleting an entry Deleting an Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| editing an entry Editing an Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Heartbeat entry Heartbeat Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| listing entries Listing Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Local Host entry Local Host Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| maintenance ROUTE-FILE Maintenance (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| printing entries Printing an Entry (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Q-type entry Q Type Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Reality entry Reality Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| SovereignX entry SovereignX Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| verifying Verifying the ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ROUTE-FILE entries Troubleshooting (SQL) |
| ROUTE-FILE entry |
| npu Adding a Network Printer (UNIX-Connect Administration), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Reality printer Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Routing entries (Windows) Routing Information (Networking) |
| Row |
| adding to table INSERT Statement (SQL) |
| table RWS_TABLE_ROW (RealWeb) |
| RPL debugger |
| debug level CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| enabling SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| RPLDIVIDE environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| RPLTERM environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| R-pointer CREATE-ACCOUNT, Remote Account Definition Item |
| RQM statement RQM Statement (DataBasic) |
| RSC class Example Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Calling the Subroutine-specific RSC Class (JReal), Extending the RSC Class (JReal) |
| RSC.execute() Description of the Example Servlet (JReal) |
| RSCConnection Extending the RSC Class (JReal), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal) |
| RSUB command GOSUB command (Proc), RSUB command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| RSZ.AUTO RSZ.AUTO |
| RT.LOCATE compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| RTN command RTN command (Proc), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| RTNDATA statement RTNDATA Statement (DataBasic) |
| RU command R - Replace (Editor) |
| match any character option ^ Command (Editor) |
| RUFMUP Network User-ids (UNIX-Connect User Guide), USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration), Changing Network Passwords (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Rule RW_RULE (RealWeb), RWA_RULE (RealWeb) |
| Ruler |
| column # - Column Ruler (Screen Editor) |
| displaying C - Column Ruler (Editor) |
| Rules for sentences General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| RUN command RUN command (DataBasic) |
| run program from Running a DataBasic Program in a Proc (DataBasic) |
| Running multiple versions of Reality Upgrading from an Earlier Release (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| Running prestored command CTRL+P - Prestore Run (Screen Editor) |
| RUNOFF command RUNOFF (TCL) |
| Run-time errors RUN command (DataBasic) |
| Runtime options |
| DataBasic Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| rush command UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration), Remote Shell Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| RW_ALIGN RW_ALIGN (RealWeb) |
| RW_ANCHOR RW_ANCHOR (RealWeb) |
| RW_BSPACE RW_BSPACE (RealWeb) |
| RW_BUTTON RW_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| RW_BUTTON_CLICK RW_BUTTON_CLICK (RealWeb) |
| RW_CENTER_OFF RW_CENTER_OFF, RW_CENTRE_OFF (RealWeb) |
| RW_CENTER_ON RW_CENTER_ON, RW_CENTRE_ON (RealWeb) |
| RW_CENTRE_OFF RW_CENTER_OFF, RW_CENTRE_OFF (RealWeb) |
| RW_CENTRE_ON RW_CENTER_ON, RW_CENTRE_ON (RealWeb) |
| RW_CHECKBOX RW_CHECKBOX (RealWeb) |
| RW_DEBUG command Debugging your RealWeb Subroutines - RW_DEBUG (RealWeb) |
| RW_DEFINITION_ITEM RW_DEFINITION_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RW_DISPLAY_PARAMS RW_DISPLAY_PARAMS (RealWeb) |
| RW_DLIST_ITEM RW_DLIST_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RW_EDIT_BOX RW_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb) |
| RW_EDITBOX RW_EDITBOX (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_DEFINITION RW_END_DEFINITION (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_DIV RW_END_DIV (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_DLIST RW_END_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_FIELDSET RW_END_FIELDSET (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_FORM RW_END_FORM (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_FRAMESET RW_END_FRAMESET (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_LIST_ITEM RW_END_LIST_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_OLIST RW_END_OLIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_PAGE RW_END_PAGE (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_PARA RW_END_PARA (RealWeb) |
| RW_END_ULIST RW_END_ULIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_FIXED_OFF RW_FIXED_OFF (RealWeb) |
| RW_FIXED_ON RW_FIXED_ON (RealWeb) |
| RW_FONT_COLOR RW_FONT_COLOR, RW_FONT_COLOUR (RealWeb) |
| RW_FONT_COLOUR RW_FONT_COLOR, RW_FONT_COLOUR (RealWeb) |
| RW_FONT_END RW_FONT_END (RealWeb) |
| RW_FONT_SIZE RW_FONT_SIZE (RealWeb) |
| RW_FRAME RW_FRAME (RealWeb) |
| RW_GENTAG RW_GENTAG (RealWeb) |
| RW_GET_COOKIE RW_GET_COOKIE (RealWeb) |
| RW_GET_PARAM RW_GET_PARAM (RealWeb) |
| RW_HEADING RW_HEADING (RealWeb) |
| RW_HIDDEN RW_HIDDEN (RealWeb) |
| RW_HSPACE RW_HSPACE (RealWeb) |
| RW_IFRAME RW_IFRAME (RealWeb) |
| RW_IMAGE RW_IMAGE (RealWeb) |
| RW_IMAGE_ANCHOR RW_IMAGE_ANCHOR (RealWeb) |
| RW_IMAGE_BUTTON RW_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| RW_IMAGE_FUNCTION RW_IMAGE_FUNCTION (RealWeb) |
| RW_IMPORT_STYLESHEET RW_IMPORT_STYLESHEET (RealWeb) |
| RW_INSERT_CONV_ITEM RW_INSERT_CONV_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RW_INSERT_ITEM RW_INSERT_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RW_ITEM_SEC item (REALWEB.SECURITY file) RealWeb Security (RealWeb) |
| RW_LINK_STYLESHEET RW_LINK_STYLESHEET (RealWeb) |
| RW_LIST RW_LIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_LIST_COOKIES RW_LIST_COOKIES (RealWeb) |
| RW_MAKE_DLIST RW_MAKE_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_MAKE_OLIST RW_MAKE_OLIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_MAKE_TABLE RW_MAKE_TABLE (RealWeb) |
| RW_MAKE_ULIST RW_MAKE_ULIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_NEWLINE RW_NEWLINE (RealWeb) |
| RW_NEWLINES RW_NEWLINES (RealWeb) |
| RW_PUT RW_PUT (RealWeb) |
| RW_PUT_EX RW_PUT_EX (RealWeb) |
| RW_PUT_TRANSLATED RW_PUT_TRANSLATED (RealWeb) |
| RW_RADIO RW_RADIO (RealWeb) |
| RW_RESET RW_RESET (RealWeb) |
| RW_RULE RW_RULE (RealWeb) |
| RW_SELECT_LIST RW_SELECT_LIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_SET_BUF RW_SET_BUF (RealWeb) |
| RW_SET_COOKIE RW_SET_COOKIE, RW_SET_COOKIE_IMM (RealWeb) |
| RW_SET_COOKIE_IMM RW_SET_COOKIE, RW_SET_COOKIE_IMM (RealWeb) |
| RW_SET_PARAM RW_SET_PARAM (RealWeb) |
| RW_SET_TIMEOUT RW_SET_TIMEOUT (RealWeb) |
| RW_SET_TYPE RW_SET_TYPE (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_DEFINITION RW_START_DEFINITION (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_DIV RW_START_DIV (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_DLIST RW_START_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_FIELDSET RW_START_FIELDSET (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_FORM RW_START_FORM (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_FRAMESET RW_START_FRAMESET (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_HTML_FORM RW_START_HTML_FORM (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_HTML_PAGE RW_START_HTML_PAGE (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_LIST_ITEM RW_START_LIST_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_OLIST RW_START_OLIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_PAGE RW_START_PAGE (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_PARA RW_START_PARA (RealWeb) |
| RW_START_ULIST RW_START_ULIST (RealWeb) |
| RW_STATUS_SCROLL RW_STATUS_SCROLL (RealWeb) |
| RW_SUBMIT RW_SUBMIT (RealWeb) |
| RW_SUBMIT_BUTTON RW_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| RW_TAG RW_TAG (RealWeb) |
| RW_TAG_ATTR RW_TAG_ATTR (RealWeb) |
| RW_TAGA RW_TAGA (RealWeb) |
| RW_TAGL RW_TAGL (RealWeb) |
| RW_TEXT_AREA RW_TEXT_AREA (RealWeb) |
| RW_TRANS RW_TRANS (RealWeb) |
| RW_VSPACE RW_VSPACE (RealWeb) |
| RWA_ANCHOR RWA_ANCHOR (RealWeb) |
| RWA_BSPACE RWA_BSPACE (RealWeb) |
| RWA_BUTTON RWA_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| RWA_CHECKBOX RWA_CHECKBOX (RealWeb) |
| RWA_DISPLAY_PARAMS RWA_DISPLAY_PARAMS (RealWeb) |
| RWA_EDIT_BOX RWA_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb) |
| RWA_HIDDEN RWA_HIDDEN (RealWeb) |
| RWA_HSPACE RWA_HSPACE (RealWeb) |
| RWA_IMAGE RWA_IMAGE (RealWeb) |
| RWA_IMAGE_ANCHOR RWA_IMAGE_ANCHOR (RealWeb) |
| RWA_IMAGE_BUTTON RWA_IMAGE_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| RWA_IMAGE_FUNCTION RWA_IMAGE_FUNCTION (RealWeb) |
| RWA_INSERT_CONV_ITEM RWA_INSERT_CONV_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RWA_INSERT_ITEM RWA_INSERT_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RWA_MAKE_DLIST RWA_MAKE_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| RWA_MAKE_OLIST RWA_MAKE_OLIST (RealWeb) |
| RWA_MAKE_TABLE RWA_MAKE_TABLE (RealWeb) |
| RWA_MAKE_ULIST RWA_MAKE_ULIST (RealWeb) |
| RWA_NEWLINES RWA_NEWLINES (RealWeb) |
| RWA_RADIO RWA_RADIO (RealWeb) |
| RWA_RESET RWA_RESET (RealWeb) |
| RWA_RULE RWA_RULE (RealWeb) |
| RWA_SELECT_LIST RWA_SELECT_LIST (RealWeb) |
| RWA_SUBMIT_BUTTON RWA_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| RWA_TABLE_COLGROUP RWA_TABLE_COLGROUP (RealWeb) |
| RWA_TAG RWA_TAG (RealWeb) |
| RWA_TAG_ATTR RWA_TAG_ATTR (RealWeb) |
| RWA_TEXT_AREA RWA_TEXT_AREA (RealWeb) |
| RWA_VSPACE RWA_VSPACE (RealWeb) |
| RWC.ERRORBUF RWS_GET_BUF (RealWeb), RW_SET_BUF (RealWeb) |
| RWC.HEADBUF RWS_GET_BUF (RealWeb), RW_SET_BUF (RealWeb) |
| RWC.INBUF RWA_DISPLAY_PARAMS (RealWeb), RW_DISPLAY_PARAMS (RealWeb) |
| RWC.JSBUF RWS_GET_BUF (RealWeb), RW_SET_BUF (RealWeb) |
| RWC.OUTBUF RWS_GET_BUF (RealWeb), RW_SET_BUF (RealWeb) |
| rwconfig Managing Connections (JReal) |
| rwconfig servlet Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| RWS_BLOCKQUOTE RWS_BLOCKQUOTE (RealWeb) |
| RWS_BOLD RWS_BOLD (RealWeb) |
| RWS_CENTER RWS_CENTER, RWS_CENTRE (RealWeb) |
| RWS_CENTRE RWS_CENTER, RWS_CENTRE (RealWeb) |
| RWS_COLOR RWS_COLOR, RWS_COLOUR (RealWeb) |
| RWS_COLOUR RWS_COLOR, RWS_COLOUR (RealWeb) |
| RWS_DIV RWS_DIV (RealWeb) |
| RWS_DLIST RWS_DLIST (RealWeb) |
| RWS_DLIST_DEF RWS_DLIST_DEF (RealWeb) |
| RWS_DLIST_TERM RWS_DLIST_TERM (RealWeb) |
| RWS_ED_DELETE RWS_ED_DELETE (RealWeb) |
| RWS_ED_INSERT RWS_ED_INSERT (RealWeb) |
| RWS_FIELDSET RWS_FIELDSET (RealWeb) |
| RWS_FIXED RWS_FIXED (RealWeb) |
| RWS_FONT RWS_FONT (RealWeb) |
| RWS_FORM RWS_FORM (RealWeb) |
| RWS_GENTAG RWS_GENTAG (RealWeb) |
| RWS_GET_BUF RWS_GET_BUF (RealWeb) |
| RWS_HEADING RWS_HEADING (RealWeb) |
| RWS_ITALIC RWS_ITALIC (RealWeb) |
| RWS_LABEL RWS_LABEL (RealWeb) |
| RWS_LEGEND RWS_LEGEND (RealWeb) |
| RWS_LIST_ITEM RWS_LIST_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| RWS_MONO RWS_MONO (RealWeb) |
| RWS_MULTICOL RWS_MULTICOL (Netscape Specific) (RealWeb) |
| RWS_MULTICOL2 RWS_MULTICOL2 (RealWeb) |
| RWS_NOFRAME RWS_NOFRAME (RealWeb) |
| RWS_OLIST RWS_OLIST (RealWeb) |
| RWS_PARA RWS_PARA (RealWeb) |
| RWS_QUOTE RWS_QUOTE (RealWeb) |
| RWS_STYLE RWS_STYLE (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TABLE RWS_TABLE (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TABLE_BODY RWS_TABLE_BODY (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TABLE_CAPTION RWS_TABLE_CAPTION (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TABLE_DATA RWS_TABLE_DATA (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TABLE_FOOT RWS_TABLE_FOOT (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TABLE_HEAD RWS_TABLE_HEAD (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TABLE_HEADER RWS_TABLE_HEADER (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TABLE_ROW RWS_TABLE_ROW (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TAG RWS_TAG (RealWeb) |
| RWS_TRANS RWS_TRANS (RealWeb) |
| RWS_ULIST RWS_ULIST (RealWeb) |
| RWSMAXSIZE environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host) |
S
| S |
| command S - Search and Replace (Screen Editor), Input/Output Buffers (Proc), S - Suppress line numbers (Editor), S command (Proc) |
| operator, F conversion code F Code - Mathematical Functions (English) |
| SOUNDEX conversion code S Code - SOUNDEX (English) |
| Substitution conversion code S Code - Substitution |
| S command S command (DataBasic debugger) |
| S? command S? (Editor) |
| SADD function SADD Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Sampling See SELECT command |
| Save Save and Restore |
| commands, using Notes on Save and Restore |
| logical Overview of Save and Restore |
| physical See Physical saves |
| statistics LIST-$STAT-FILE* command |
| SAVE command SAVE command, Overview of Save and Restore |
| SAVE-IMAGE command Overview of Save and Restore, SAVE-IMAGE |
| SAVE-LIST command SAVE-LIST Command (English) |
| SAVE-REK command SAVE-REK command |
| Saving Operating Facilities, Save and Restore |
| backups Backup and Recovery on the Host (Host) |
| cookies RW_SET_COOKIE, RW_SET_COOKIE_IMM (RealWeb) |
| cut or copied item [ ' P - Cut and Paste (Screen Editor) |
| item FI - File (Editor), FS - File Save (Editor) |
| to tape Output Devices (Spooler) |
| Saving database |
| live database Saving the Live Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| logical and physical saves Overview of Save and Restore |
| partition database UNIX Back-up and Recovery Utilities (Host) |
| secondary database Saving a Secondary Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| shadow database Saving the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| standalone Transaction Logging Saving the Database (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| Scalar expression SQL Expression (SQL) |
| Scale of column SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Choosing Data Types (SQL) |
| Scaling ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| Scanning for badly-sized files sizemon (Host administration) |
| SCCS level show_key (Host administration), Install_Key (Host administration), Install_SN (Host administration) |
| Screen |
| dividing CTRL+D - Divide Screen (Screen Editor) |
| dump Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| width Screen Editor Commands (Screen Editor) |
| Screen editor Introduction to Reality, Screen Editor Reference (Screen Editor), Database Management Facilities |
| quick reference guide (V10.0) Quick Reference Guides (Other Documents) |
| Screen Editor |
| exiting F - File (Screen Editor) |
| Script |
| Reality start-up Database Setup (Host) |
| Scripts, RealColdStart Database Setup (Host) |
| S-DUMP command S-DUMP Command (English) |
| Search S - Search and Replace (Screen Editor) |
| conditions, SQL SQL Search Condition (SQL) |
| for string or item SEARCH (TCL) |
| part of URL Passing Data to a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| strings Search Strings (Editor) |
| SEARCH command SEARCH (TCL) |
| Searching FIND (TCL), L - Locate (Editor), / Command (Editor) |
| docmentation How to use the Online Documentation |
| Secondary database FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| rebuilding + restoring Rebuilding and Restoring the Secondary Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| restoring clean logs Restoring Clean Log(s) onto the Secondary Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| saving Saving a Secondary Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| Secondary input buffer Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| inserting text IBN command (Proc), IN command (Proc), H command (Proc) |
| Secondary output buffer Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| Section RW_START_DIV (RealWeb), RW_END_DIV (RealWeb), RWS_DIV (RealWeb) |
| Section name Connection Parameters (RealWeb) |
| Security |
| account based Retrieval and Update Lock Codes and Keys |
| break key Account Definition Item, Synonym Account Definition Item, Remote Account Definition Item, SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| command line SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| database Securing the Database by using SSM and GSSM (SSM) |
| directory view SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM), Security |
| external access Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| file-based Security |
| immediate disconnect SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| location-based Location-Based Security (Windows), Location-based Security (SSM), Security |
| lock codes Account Definition Item, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Synonym Account Definition Item, LOOP-ON (TCL), Security, Security |
| locks See Locks |
| network profiles SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| of the security system Securing the Security System (SSM) |
| password definitions SSM Option 6 - Define Password Definitions (SSM) |
| privilege levels CREATE-ACCOUNT, CREATE-ACCOUNT, SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM), SET-PRIV command |
| profile See Security profiles |
| RealWeb RealWeb Security (RealWeb) |
| remote |
| basic SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| security profiles SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| UNIX shell Security |
| UNIX shell access SYS Security Files (Host), Reality/Host Integration (Host environment) |
| user profiles SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| user-based User-based Security (SSM), Security |
| SECURITY file SYSMAN Account |
| maintaining SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| maintaining SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| SECURITY file SYSMAN Account |
| SEDIT command Entering the Screen Editor: SEDIT Command (Screen Editor) |
| SEEK Statement SEEK Statement (DataBasic) |
| Segment mark Glossary (Glossary), Typing System Delimiters (Screen Editor) |
| Segment marks Typing System Delimiters (Editor) |
| SELECT command SELECT Command (English) |
| Select list See Item list |
| Select registers Differences between PQ and PQN Proc (Proc), Select Registers (PQN) (Proc) |
| loading item-ids into PQ-SELECT (Proc) |
| resetting the pointer in PQ-RESELECT (Proc) |
| SELECT statement SELECT Statement (SQL), SELECT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), SELECT, SELECTE Statements (DataBasic), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| SELECTE compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SELECTE statement SELECT, SELECTE Statements (DataBasic) |
| SELECT-INDEX command SELECT-INDEX (TCL) |
| SELECTINFO Function SELECTINFO Function (DataBasic) |
| Selecting data SELECT Command (English) |
| Selecting modulo Selecting the Modulo for a File (File and File Index Management) |
| Selection |
| criteria Selection Criteria (English), Selection Criteria (English), Selection Criteria (English) |
| item-id Item Lists (English) |
| processing Selection Processing (English) |
| Selective recovery from clean logs TL-RESTORE (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| SELinux Location-based Security (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| SEL-RESTORE command Overview of Save and Restore, SEL-RESTORE |
| Semicolon |
| netadmin prompt Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows) |
| statement separator Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| SEND statement SEND Statement (DataBasic) |
| Sentence |
| rules General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| structure Sentence Structure (English) |
| TCL-macro Command Definition Items |
| SENTENCE function SENTENCE Function (DataBasic) |
| Separation CREATE-ACCOUNT, Selecting the Modulo for a File (File and File Index Management) |
| Separators |
| path Reality on the Host (Host) |
| SEQ function SEQ Function (DataBasic) |
| SEQS function SEQS Function (DataBasic) |
| Sequencing tape units Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| Sequential file |
| closing CLOSESEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| deleting DELETESEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| opening OPENSEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| reading READBLK Statement (DataBasic), READSEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| SEEK statement SEEK Statement (DataBasic) |
| truncating WEOFSEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| writing WRITESEQ Statement (DataBasic), WRITEBLK Statement (DataBasic) |
| Sequential file access Statements and Functions by Category (DataBasic), Sequential File Access (DataBasic) |
| Serial number show_key (Host administration) |
| installing installkeys (Host administration), Install_SN (Host administration) |
| SeriesX |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Server Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Server mode |
| user set up using SSM SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Server name Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Service events realevent |
| service.cfg file Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| SERVICE-LOG file UPDATE-SERVICE-LOG command, SYSFILES Account, Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| Services Reality Software (Host environment), See also Daemons |
| database Reality Software (Host environment) |
| FailSafe Reality Software (Host environment), Reality Software (Host environment) |
| licensed UPDATE-SERVICE-LOG command, SYSFILES Account |
| starting Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| Servlet Calling a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| Session file |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| incoming calls Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Session log Log Files (Windows), Troubleshooting (UNIX Installation Guide), Log Files, Troubleshooting (Windows Installation Guide), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| maximum size Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| size Log Files (Windows), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Session log file |
| default Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| clearing log files Session Manager (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| default settings Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| event log Log Files (Windows), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Listening entries ROUTE-FILE Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| log files Networking (Networking) |
| options Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| rcslisten ROUTE-FILE Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| session log Log Files (Windows), Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| starting Session Manager (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| stopping Session Manager (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| set command set Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| SET statement SET Statement (SQL) |
| SET80 command SET80 and SET132 (TCL) |
| SET132 command SET80 and SET132 (TCL) |
| SET-ADMIN-KEY command SET-ADMIN-KEY command |
| SET-ALPHA command SET-ALPHA (TCL) |
| SET-COLL command SET-COLL (TCL) |
| SET-DEC command SET-DEC (TCL) |
| format strings Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| ML and MR conversion codes ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| SET-ENVIRONMENT command SET-ENVIRONMENT (TCL) |
| SET-FILE command SET-FILE (TCL) |
| SET-LANG command SET-LANG (TCL) |
| SET-MONEY command SET-MONEY (TCL) |
| format strings Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| ML and MR conversion codes ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| SET-OPTION command Conversions (DataBasic), SET-OPTION (TCL) |
| SET-PRIORITY command SET-PRIORITY command |
| SET-PRIV command SET-PRIV command |
| SET-STACK command SET-STACK (TCL) |
| SET-THOUS command SET-THOUS (TCL) |
| format strings Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| ML and MR conversion codes ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| Setting bit function BITSET Function (DataBasic) |
| Setting cookies RW_SET_COOKIE, RW_SET_COOKIE_IMM (RealWeb) |
| Setting parameter values RW_SET_PARAM (RealWeb) |
| Setting tabs TAB Key (Editor), TB - Tab (Editor) |
| Setting up |
| database Database Setup (Host), Database Setup |
| defaults Setting Up Defaults (Windows) |
| PC software Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| RealWeb Configuring RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| RealWeb accounts Setting up RealWeb Users and Accounts (RealWeb) |
| RealWeb users Setting up RealWeb Users and Accounts (RealWeb) |
| SQL/ODBC data source Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| Set-up after installation |
| Windows Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Set-up before installation |
| UNIX Set-up before Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| Windows Set-up before Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| SETUP-ACCOUNT command SETUP-ACCOUNT |
| SFT UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration), File Transfer (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| ! command ! Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| BINARY option set Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| connect connect Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| create-file create-file Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| delete-file delete-file Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| delete-item delete-item Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| disconnect disconnect Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| from within shell script Running SFT from a Shell Script (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| get get Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), Transferring Files (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| help help Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| options File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| OVERWRITE option set Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide), File Transfer Options (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| put Transferring Files (UNIX-Connect User Guide), put Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| quit quit Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| set set Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| status status Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| SGENML command GENML, SGENML Commands (English) |
| Shadow database Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| administration Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| configuring Shadow Database Step-by-Step Configuration Guide (Resilience - Shadow Database), Configuring Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| defining Configuring Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| description Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| naming Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| overview Resilience Options (Resilience) |
| Rapid Recovery Rapid Database Recovery (Resilience - Rapid Recovery) |
| rebuilding and restoring Rebuilding and Restoring the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| recovery Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database), Shadow Database Recovery (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| redefining Configuring Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| restoring clean logs Restoring Clean Logs onto the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database), Making the Current Database Live and Restoring the Latest Clean Logs (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| reversing Swapping to the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| saving Saving the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| startup Starting Shadow Database on Windows (Resilience - Shadow Database), Starting Shadow Database on UNIX (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| swapping Swapping to the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| synonym entries Shadow Database Synonym Entries (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| updating Updating the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Shared |
| DataBasic object Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| memory Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Shared memory Set-up before Installation (UNIX Installation Guide), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| ShareModulo parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| ShareSize parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), Set-up after Installation (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| Sharing printers Network Printing (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler), DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| Sharing values between program modules COMMON Statement (DataBasic) |
| SHELL command Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Shell script Running SFT from a Shell Script (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Shell Security Level SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| shmsz parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| show_key show_key (Host administration) |
| SHOW-ITEM-LOCKS command SHOW-ITEM-LOCKS command |
| SHOW-MODULI command SHOW-MODULI (TCL) |
| SHUTDOWN command SHUTDOWN command |
| Shutting down killreal (Host administration) |
| SIB See Secondary input buffer |
| Simple file transfer See SFT |
| SIN function SIN Function (DataBasic) |
| Sine function SIN Function (DataBasic) |
| Single level dictionary File Synonym Definition Item, Data Level Descriptor |
| Single quotes Item Lists (English) |
| Single quotes function SQUOTE Function (DataBasic) |
| Size |
| database Creating and Removing a Database (Host) |
| font RWS_FONT (RealWeb) |
| item Item Structure, S? (Editor), ?S (Editor) |
| program BASIC command (DataBasic) |
| sizemon Reality Software (Host environment), Improving Database Efficiency (Host), sizemon (Host administration) |
| SIZE-MONITOR command SIZE-MONITOR command, Improving Database Efficiency |
| SizeTclLog parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Sizing See also Automatic file sizing |
| dictionaries Manual Resizing (File and File Index Management) |
| files Manual Resizing (File and File Index Management), Selecting the Modulo for a File (File and File Index Management), Sizing Files and Indexes (File and File Index Management) |
| index Selecting the Modulo for an Index (File and File Index Management), Sizing Files and Indexes (File and File Index Management) |
| indexes Manual Resizing (File and File Index Management) |
| Skeleton destination entry Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| SkipLogonProc parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| SL command SL command (DataBasic debugger) |
| S-LAN Glossary (Glossary), PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| SLEEP command SLEEP (TCL) |
| SLEEP statement RQM Statement (DataBasic), SLEEP Statement (DataBasic) |
| Sleeping RQM Statement (DataBasic), MSLEEP Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SLS command SLS command |
| SMALL-CONVERT data section BLOCK-PRINT (TCL) |
| SMALL-CONVERT file SYSFILES Account |
| SMALLINT data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| SMAP compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SMS |
| alert notification realevent |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| template realevent |
| SMTP realevent |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| SNI See PCSNI |
| SOAP Outgoing Web Services - Examples |
| outgoing web services |
| examples Outgoing Web Services - Examples |
| RHTTP_RETRIEVE function RHTTP_RETRIEVE function (DataBasic) |
| RHTTP_SOAP_REQUEST function RHTTP_SOAP_REQUEST function (DataBasic) |
| SOB See Secondary output buffer |
| Software |
| features SETUP-ACCOUNT |
| installation PCSNI Installation (PCSNI) |
| packages LIST FEATURES command |
| TCP/IP Transport PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| Software keys Licences, show_key (Host administration) |
| enabling ENABLE command |
| Software user-ids SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| Sort |
| criteria Sort Criteria (English), Sort Criteria (English) |
| criteria clause Sort Criteria (English) |
| exploding READNEXT Statement (DataBasic), READPREV Statement (DataBasic) |
| processing Sort Processing (English) |
| SORT command SORT Command (English) |
| SORT function SORT Function (DataBasic) |
| SORT2 command SORT2/3/4 (TCL) |
| SORT3 command SORT2/3/4 (TCL) |
| SORT4 command SORT2/3/4 (TCL) |
| Sorting |
| dynamic arrays SORT Function (DataBasic) |
| files Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| SORT-ITEM command SORT-ITEM Command (English) |
| SORT-LABEL command SORT-TABLE Command (English), SORT-LABEL Command (English) |
| SORT-LIST command SORT-LIST Command (English) |
| SORT-SPREAD command SORT-SPREAD Command (English) |
| SORT-TABLE command SORT-TABLE Command (English) |
| SOUNDEX conversion code S Code - SOUNDEX (English) |
| SOUNDEX function SOUNDEX Function (DataBasic) |
| Source code |
| chain to $CHAIN Statement (DataBasic) |
| including INCLUDE Statement (DataBasic) |
| listing W command (DataBasic debugger), L command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Source file |
| alternative Z command (DataBasic debugger) |
| SovereignX Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| background processing Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| background processors Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| configuration General Administration Tasks (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| executable SovereignX Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| printing Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| ROUTE-FILE entry SovereignX Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| USERS-FILE USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| SovereignX Networking Overview (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| SP command SP - Split (Editor) |
| search strings Search Strings (Editor) |
| wildcard character ^ Command (Editor) |
| Space RW_VSPACE (RealWeb), RWA_BSPACE (RealWeb), RW_BSPACE (RealWeb), RWA_VSPACE (RealWeb), RWA_HSPACE (RealWeb), RW_HSPACE (RealWeb) |
| SPACE command SPACE (Tape) |
| SPACE function SPACE Function (DataBasic) |
| SPACEBAR Space (Screen Editor) |
| Space-removing function TRIM/TRIMB/TRIMF Functions (DataBasic) |
| SPACES function SPACES Function (DataBasic) |
| SPAG Y/13 protocol |
| npu Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| SP-ALIGN command Status Conditions and Values (Spooler), Action Code 13 Align Printer and SP-ALIGN (Spooler) |
| SP-ASSIGN command Status Conditions and Values (Spooler), SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler) |
| SPASSIGN environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| SP-CLEAR command Action Code 14 Clear Queue and SP-CLEAR (Spooler) |
| SP-CLOSE command SP-CLOSE - Closing A Print Job (Spooler) |
| SP-COPIES command Action Code 4 Change #Copies and SP-COPIES (Spooler) |
| SP-COPY command SP-COPY - Copying Print Jobs to Another Job File (Spooler) |
| SP-CREATE command Action Code 1 Create Queue and SP-CREATE (Spooler) |
| pre-4.0 compatibility SP-CREATE with RealityX 3.1 Syntax (Spooler) |
| SP-DELETE command Status Conditions and Values (Spooler), Action Code 5 Delete Job and SP-DELETE (Spooler) |
| SP-DESC See SP-DESCRIPTION command |
| SP-DESCRIPTION command SP-DESC - Entering/Displaying a Print Job Description (Spooler) |
| SP-DESPOOLERS command Action Code 12 Despooler List and SP-DESPOOLERS (Spooler) |
| SP-DETAIL command Action Code 16 Display Detail and SP-DETAIL (Spooler) |
| SP-DEVICE command Action Code 4 Change Device and SP-DEVICE (Spooler) |
| pre-4.0 compatibility SP-DEVICE with RealityX 3.1 Syntax (Spooler) |
| Special command options Options for Commands (English) |
| Special files MAKE-SPECIAL command |
| Special null handling SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Special shell command characters Special Characters (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Specified job file |
| default FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| SP-EDIT command Action Code 8 Edit Print Job and SP-EDIT (Spooler) |
| SP-EJECT command SP-EJECT - Ejecting Blank Pages from a Printer (Spooler) |
| SP-FIX command SP-FIX - Cleaning Up Print Jobs After a Program Crash (Spooler) |
| SP-FORMQUEUE command SP-FORMQUEUE - Listing All Print Jobs in a Formqueue (Spooler) |
| SP-FQDELETE command Action Code 7 Delete Queue and SP-FQDELETE (Spooler) |
| SP-JOBS command Action Code 6 List Print Jobs and SP-JOBS (Spooler), Action Code 3 SP-JOBS and SP-JOBS (Spooler) |
| SP-KILL command Action Code 12 Kill Printing and SP-KILL (Spooler), Status Conditions and Values (Spooler) |
| SPLICE function SPLICE Function (DataBasic) |
| Splitting lines SP - Split (Editor) |
| Splitting up large Procs ( ) command (Proc) |
| SP-LOOK command SP-LOOK - Displaying the Current Spooler Assignment (Spooler) |
| SPM command Spooling System Maintenance (Spooler) |
| SP-MOVEQ command Action Code 1 Switch All Jobs and SP-MOVEQ (Spooler) |
| SPOOL.JOBS file SYSFILES Account, Print Job Assignment (Print Reports) (Spooler), SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler) |
| default job file SP-JOBS (Spooler), SP-SUMMARY and Related Procedures (Spooler) |
| dictionary Print Jobs (Spooler) |
| dictionary items SPOOL.JOBS Dictionary Items (Spooler) |
| logging Transaction Handling/Logging (Spooler) |
| Spooled printing Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| Spooler Introduction to Reality, Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler), Operating Facilities, See also Despooler; Formqueue |
| aligning a print job Action Code 13 Align Printer and SP-ALIGN (Spooler) |
| assignments display SP-LOOK - Displaying the Current Spooler Assignment (Spooler) |
| change job file for screen display Action Code 18 Change Job File (Spooler) |
| changing despooler on formqueue Action Code 4 Change Device and SP-DEVICE (Spooler) |
| changing number of copies of print job Action Code 4 Change #Copies and SP-COPIES (Spooler) |
| changing print job options Action Code 3 Change Options and SP-OPTS (Spooler) |
| deleting print job Action Code 5 Delete Job and SP-DELETE (Spooler) |
| despooling to port PORT-DESPOOL - Despooling Print Jobs to a Port (Spooler) |
| device types Output Devices (Spooler), SP-CREATE with RealityX 3.1 Syntax (Spooler), SP-DEVICE with RealityX 3.1 Syntax (Spooler) |
| editing a print job Action Code 8 Edit Print Job and SP-EDIT (Spooler) |
| Editor commands Action Code 8 Edit Print Job and SP-EDIT (Spooler) |
| FILE devices Output Devices (Spooler) |
| general procedures General Spooler Procedures (Spooler) |
| kill printing Action Code 12 Kill Printing and SP-KILL (Spooler) |
| options SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler) |
| output devices Output Devices (Spooler) |
| overview Introducing the Spooler (Spooler) |
| pages ejected Action Code 5 Change Page Skip and SP-SKIP (Spooler) |
| printer translation change Action Code 8 Change Translation and SP-TRANSLATE (Spooler) |
| PTR devices Output Devices (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler) |
| re-queueing print jobs Action Code 19 Re-queue Hold File and SP-QUEUEHOLD (Spooler) |
| resume printing Action Code 7 Resume Printing and SP-RESUME (Spooler) |
| start printer Action Code 9 Start Despooler and START-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| status conditions Status Conditions and Values (Spooler) |
| status values Status Conditions and Values (Spooler) |
| stop printer Action Code 10 Stop Despooler and STOP-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| stop printing Action Code 6 Stop Printing and SP-STOP (Spooler), SP-SUMMARY and Related Procedures (Spooler) |
| SYS devices Output Devices (Spooler) |
| TAPE devices Output Devices (Spooler) |
| Spooler assignments screen SP-LOOK - Displaying the Current Spooler Assignment (Spooler) |
| Spooler files |
| DESPOOLER.CONTROL DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| FORM.QUEUES FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| NETDEVS Network Printing (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler), Output Devices (Spooler), Despoolers (Spooler) |
| PCS PRINTER COMMAND STRING Maintenance (Spooler) |
| PCS.OUTPUT DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| PRINTER.TABLES DESPOOLER.CONTROL File Maintenance (Spooler), Printer Control Features (Spooler) |
| SPOOLER function SPOOLER Function (DataBasic) |
| SP-OPTS command Action Code 3 Change Options and SP-OPTS (Spooler) |
| SP-PRIORITY command Action Code 10 Top Priority and SP-PRIORITY (Spooler) |
| SP-QUEUEHOLD command Action Code 19 Re-queue Hold File and SP-QUEUEHOLD (Spooler) |
| Spreadsheets SORT-SPREAD Command (English), LIST-SPREAD Command (English) |
| SP-RESUME command Action Code 7 Resume Printing and SP-RESUME (Spooler) |
| SP-SKIP command Action Code 5 Change Page Skip and SP-SKIP (Spooler) |
| SP-STATUS command Action Code 2 SP-STATUS and SP-STATUS (Spooler), SP-STATUS (Spooler), SP-JOBS (Spooler), Action Code 11 SP-STATUS and SP-STATUS (Spooler) |
| SP-STOP command Action Code 6 Stop Printing and SP-STOP (Spooler), Status Conditions and Values (Spooler) |
| SP-SUMMARY command SP-SUMMARY and Related Procedures (Spooler), SP-JOBS (Spooler) |
| SP-SUSPEND command Status Conditions and Values (Spooler), Action Code 9 Suspend Printing and SP-SUSPEND (Spooler) |
| SP-SWITCH command Action Code 2 Switch One Job and SP-SWITCH (Spooler) |
| SP-TAPEOUT command SP-TAPEOUT- Transferring Print Jobs from Tape to a Formqueue (Spooler) |
| SP-TRANSLATE command Action Code 8 Change Translation and SP-TRANSLATE (Spooler) |
| SQL Glossary (Glossary), SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| case sensitivity Catalog Administration (SQL) |
| catalog See SQL catalog |
| command The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| data structures Table/Column Definition Design (SQL) |
| data types SQL Statements Supported by Reality (SQL) |
| environment See SQL environment |
| for Reality SQL Statements Supported by Reality (SQL) |
| keywords SQL Reserved Words (SQL) |
| procedures See SQL procedures |
| query Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| scalar expression SQL Expression (SQL) |
| search conditions SQL Search Condition (SQL) |
| server SQL/JDBC for Reality (SQL), Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL), SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| SQL access to Reality Introduction to Reality |
| standards SQL Statements Supported by Reality (SQL) |
| statements The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| statements, testing The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| stored procedures See SQL procedures |
| tables Example Application Using SQL/JDBC (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC), SQL/JDBC Interface to Reality (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| SQL catalog Glossary (Glossary), Glossary (Glossary), Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL), Setting Up a Working System (SQL), Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL) |
| defined Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL) |
| files Catalog Administration (SQL), SQL Catalog Files (SQL) |
| modification permission SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| setting up Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL) |
| SQL environment |
| creation Catalog Administration (SQL) |
| definition files SQL Environment Files (SQL) |
| SQL for Reality |
| interface components Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| security Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| SQL procedures SQL Stored Procedures (SQL) |
| additional statements SQL Stored Procedures (SQL) |
| calling CALL Statement (SQL), SQL Stored Procedures (SQL) |
| creating CREATE PROCEDURE Statement (SQL), SQL Stored Procedures (SQL) |
| deleting DROP PROCEDURE Statement (SQL) |
| running CALL Statement (SQL), SQL Stored Procedures (SQL) |
| SELECT extensions Writing Stored Procedures (SQL) |
| writing Writing Stored Procedures (SQL) |
| SQL view Introduction to Reality, Introduction to File and File Index Management, SQL-VIEW (TCL) |
| creating Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| deleting Introduction to File and File Index Management |
| SQL.DEMO program Setting-up the Host System (SQL) |
| SQL/JDBC SQL/JDBC Interface to Reality (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| classes JavaDocs for Reality SQL/JDBC Classes (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| connection properties Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| data source SQL/JDBC Interface to Reality (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| driver Introduction to the Reality JDBC Driver (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| example application Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| interface Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| overview SQL/JDBC Interface to Reality (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| SQL/ODBC data source |
| configuring Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| SQL/ODBC interface Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| host setup Setting-up the Host System (SQL) |
| operation SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| SQLCOLUMNS file SQL Catalog Files (SQL) |
| item SQLCOLUMNS File (SQL) |
| SQLDEMO account Training Accounts |
| SQLException JDBC Interfaces (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| SQLINDEXES file SQLINDEXES File (SQL), SQL Catalog Files (SQL) |
| SQLINFO file SQLINFO File (SQL) |
| SQLM command Catalog Administration (SQL) |
| amendments screens Using the SQLM Menu Options (SQL) |
| examples Catalog Administration (SQL) |
| file & table names Using the SQLM Menu Options (SQL) |
| first execution on account Catalog Administration (SQL) |
| main menu Catalog Administration (SQL) |
| procedures described Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| selecting from a list Using the SQLM Menu Options (SQL) |
| syntax Catalog Administration (SQL) |
| table definition Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| SQLM utility, enabling SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| SQL-Reality relationships Accessing Reality Files using SQL (SQL) |
| SQLTABLES entry |
| verify columns and indexes Option 8: Verify Table(s) (SQL) |
| SQLTABLES file SQL Catalog Files (SQL) |
| item SQLTABLES File (SQL) |
| SQLTYPES file SQLTYPES File (SQL) |
| SQL-VIEW command SQL-VIEW (TCL) |
| SQRT function SQRT Function (DataBasic) |
| Square brackets |
| netadmin prompt Windows Network Administration Utility (Windows) |
| Square root function SQRT Function (DataBasic) |
| SQUOTE function SQUOTE Function (DataBasic), SQUOTE Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SREFORMAT command REFORMAT Command (English) |
| SSEARCH command ESEARCH Command (English) |
| SSELECT command SSELECT Command (English) |
| SSM Using the SSM Command (SSM), Securing the Database by using SSM and GSSM (SSM), See also Security |
| environment settings SSM Option 4 - Define Environment Settings |
| network profiles SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| password definitions SSM Option 6 - Define Password Definitions (SSM) |
| security profiles SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| user profiles SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| SSUB function SSUB Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Stack |
| DataBasic System Debugger, Using the DataBasic Profiler (DataBasic) |
| Stack, Proc Input/Output Buffers (Proc) |
| continuation character Input/Output Buffers (Proc), H command (Proc) |
| in A command A command (Proc) |
| in BO command BO command (Proc) |
| in F(semi-colon) F; command (Proc) |
| turning off STOFF command (Proc) |
| turning on STON command (Proc) |
| Stacker (TCL) See Recalling TCL commands |
| Stacking Editor commands P - Prestore (Editor) |
| STANDARD formqueue Print Job Assignment (Print Reports) (Spooler), SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler) |
| Standard Network Interface See PCSNI |
| Standard options Options for Commands (English) |
| Standards |
| JDBC Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL), Standards Compliance (SQL) |
| SQL SQL Statements Supported by Reality (SQL), Introduction to SQL for Reality (SQL) |
| Start of item T - Top (Editor) |
| START-AUDIT-LOG command START-AUDIT-LOG command |
| START-DESPOOLER command Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration), Despoolers (Spooler), Action Code 9 Start Despooler and START-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| Starting |
| Reality Entering and Operating in a Reality Database, Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| Reality services realserv (Host administration) |
| Reality user process reality (Host administration) |
| Shadow database Starting Shadow Database on Windows (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| transaction handling Starting Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| Starting Reality automatically Starting Reality Automatically (Host) |
| Starting up printing Action Code 9 Start Despooler and START-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| START-SUPPORT-LOG command START-SUPPORT-LOG command |
| Start-up script, Reality Database Setup (Host) |
| STAT command STAT Command (English) |
| Statement |
| SQL RealSQLStatement (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| Statement object Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| statement separator Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| Statements Statements and Intrinsic Functions (DataBasic) |
| assignment Assignments (DataBasic) |
| comments Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| continuing a line Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| defined Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| labels DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| reserved words Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| SQL The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| using symbols instead of EQUATE Statement (DataBasic), $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| STAT-FILE file File Statistics Reports, SYSFILES Account |
| ALL-FILE-STATS ALL-FILE-STATS command |
| Statistics |
| file File Statistics Reports |
| last save File Statistics Reports |
| licensed services UPDATE-SERVICE-LOG command, SYSFILES Account |
| web services Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| status command Local Mode (REMLOG), status Command (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| STATUS function STATUS Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Status line RW_STATUS_SCROLL (RealWeb) |
| Status/Command Line Entering the Screen Editor: SEDIT Command (Screen Editor), Introduction to the Screen Editor (Screen Editor), Item Locking (Screen Editor) |
| ST-DUMP command Overview of Save and Restore, T-DUMP and ST-DUMP (Tape) |
| STOFF command STOFF command (Proc) |
| STON command STON command (Proc) |
| STOP statement STOP Statement (DataBasic) |
| STOP-AUDIT-LOG command STOP-AUDIT-LOG command |
| STOP-DESPOOLER command Status Conditions and Values (Spooler), Despoolers (Spooler), Action Code 10 Stop Despooler and STOP-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| Stopping |
| Reality killreal (Host administration), Starting and Stopping Reality (Host) |
| Reality services realserv (Host administration) |
| Transaction Handling Stopping Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| STOP-PRINTER command Despoolers (Spooler), Action Code 10 Stop Despooler and STOP-DESPOOLER (Spooler) |
| STOP-SUPPORT-LOG command STOP-SUPPORT-LOG command |
| Stored procedures |
| SQL See SQL procedures |
| Storing programs Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| STR function STR Function (DataBasic) |
| Straight-through printing Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| String Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic), String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic), See also Substring |
| appending AP - Append (Editor) |
| ASCII to EBCDIC conversion EBCDIC Function (DataBasic) |
| character removing function TRIM/TRIMB/TRIMF Functions (DataBasic) |
| concatenation String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| constants String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| counting elements function DCOUNT Function (DataBasic) |
| delimiter R - Replace (Editor), Search Strings (Editor), TR - Truncate (Editor), SP - Split (Editor) |
| EBCDIC to ASCII conversion ASCII Function (DataBasic) |
| expressions String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| formatting Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| generating STR Function (DataBasic) |
| in arithmetic expression Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic) |
| inserting GROUPSTORE Statement (DataBasic) |
| literals Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic) |
| locating L - Locate Character (Screen Editor) |
| numeric Format Strings (DataBasic) |
| relation Relational Expressions (DataBasic) |
| replacing individual characters CONVERT Function (DataBasic), CONVERT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Strings |
| comparing COMPARE Function (DataBasic) |
| Stripe zones realfstab File (Host administration) |
| Striped database Creating and Removing a Database (Host), Creating and Removing a Database (Host), An Overview of Reality Administration |
| expanding realfstab File (Host administration) |
| realfstab entry realfstab File (Host administration) |
| stripe zones realfstab File (Host administration) |
| STRS function STRS Function (DataBasic) |
| Structure, text Text Structure (RealWeb) |
| Structured Query Language See SQL |
| Style RWS_STYLE (RealWeb) |
| font RWS_FONT (RealWeb) |
| styles |
| filepath Font Styles |
| how to apply Font Styles |
| option Font Styles |
| paramname Font Styles |
| systemouput Font Styles |
| uiCharcterButton Font Styles |
| uicontrol Font Styles |
| uilinks Font Styles |
| userinput Font Styles |
| wintitle Font Styles |
| Stylesheets |
| importing RW_IMPORT_STYLESHEET (RealWeb) |
| linking RW_LINK_STYLESHEET (RealWeb) |
| S-type sentence TCL Macros (TCL) |
| SUBD command SUBD (TCL) |
| Sublists Controlling and Dependent Attributes (English), Sublists - V Code (English) |
| Submit button RWA_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| Submitting a form RWA_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb), RW_SUBMIT_BUTTON (RealWeb) |
| Subroutine Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic) |
| calling [ ] command (Proc), GOSUB command (Proc), CALL Statement (DataBasic), GOSUB Statement (DataBasic), cNISRbRscLink.CallSubroutine Method (Remote Basic) |
| dictionary Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| displaying return stack S command (DataBasic debugger), SL command (DataBasic debugger) |
| efficient use of Efficient Use of Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic) |
| Embedded Basic ACCESS Statement (DataBasic), Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic), ACCESS Function (DataBasic) |
| enabling A First RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| exiting RETURN Statement (DataBasic) |
| exposing as a web service Reality Web Services and RESTful, Creating a Reality Web Service (Web Services), Incoming Web Services |
| external See External subroutine |
| internal See Internal subroutine |
| lookup file SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| RealWeb See RealWeb subroutine |
| SUBROUTINE statement SUBROUTINE Statement (DataBasic), Subroutines and External Functions (DataBasic) |
| SUBS function SUBS Function (DataBasic) |
| Substitution conversion code S Code - Substitution |
| Substring See also String |
| assignment Substring Assignment (DataBasic) |
| counting COUNT Function (DataBasic) |
| defined String Expressions and Concatenation (DataBasic) |
| extraction DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), FIELDS Function (DataBasic), Substring Extraction (DataBasic), GROUP Function (DataBasic), FIELD Function (DataBasic) |
| replacing CHANGE Function (DataBasic) |
| Subtraction Arithmetic Expressions (DataBasic), SUBD (TCL), F; command (Proc), F Code - Mathematical Functions (English), A Code - Algebraic Functions (English), SUBX (TCL), SUBS Function (DataBasic) |
| Subvalue Glossary (Glossary), SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL), Character-oriented Item, Handling Multivalues and Subvalues (SQL) |
| codes Handling Multivalues and Subvalues (SQL) |
| mark Glossary (Glossary), Character-oriented Item, Typing System Delimiters (Screen Editor), Typing System Delimiters (Editor), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| SUBX command SUBX (TCL) |
| SUM |
| function SUM Function (DataBasic) |
| SUM command SUM Command (English) |
| SUM.NULL compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Summary of Editor commands Summary of Editor Commands (Editor) |
| SUMMATION function SUMMATION Function (DataBasic) |
| Support log See Command logging |
| SupportTclLog parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Suppress |
| default output specification File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| Editor line numbers S - Suppress line numbers (Editor) |
| SuppressPasswordLogging parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| Suspending execution RQM Statement (DataBasic), PAUSE Statement (DataBasic), MSLEEP Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SWAP function SWAP Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Swapping Shadow pair Swapping to the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Switch view command Action Code 1 Switch View (Spooler) |
| Switching |
| clean log Switching Clean Logs (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| REMLOG mode Remote Logon from UNIX (REMLOG) |
| SX |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| SYMBOL.NUMBER compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Symbolic links Symbolic Links in the Shadow Directory (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Symbols Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic), EQUATE Statement (DataBasic), $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic), See also Literals |
| buffer reference Buffer Referencing (PQN) (Proc) |
| declaring EQUATE Statement (DataBasic), $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| predefined Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic), $OPTIONS Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), DataBasic Elements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| reserved General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| undefining $UNDEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Synchronising time UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration), General Administration Tasks (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Synonym Command Definition Items |
| account Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes, Synonym Account Definition Item, CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| entries Shadow Database Synonym Entries (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| environments SSM Option 4 - Define Environment Settings |
| file definition Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes |
| Syntax conventions General Conventions |
| Syntax elements Introduction to the Screen Editor (Screen Editor) |
| SYS command Reality/Host Integration (Host environment), SYS (TCL) |
| restricting use SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| security files SYS Security Files (Host) |
| SYS compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| SYS devices Output Devices (Spooler), Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler) |
| sys.needed SYS Security Files (Host), SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| sys.profile SYS Security Files (Host), SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| sys.user SYS Security Files (Host), SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| SYS2 privileges Summary of Debugger Commands (DataBasic debugger) |
| SYSBP file SYSMAN Account |
| SYSBP.MSGS file SYSMAN Account |
| SYSDICTLIST PROC UPDATE-ALL-ACCOUNTS |
| SYSFILES account Glossary (Glossary), SYSFILES Account |
| SYSINFO command SYSINFO command (TCL) |
| SYSMAN account Glossary (Glossary), SYSMAN Account |
| SYSPL file SYSMAN Account |
| SYSPROG account Glossary (Glossary), SYSPROG Account, LOAD-BNF command (DataBasic) |
| SYSPROG-PL file SYSPROG Account |
| sysstart file Database Setup (Host) |
| System |
| accounts System Accounts |
| alerts See Alerts |
| DSN Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| errors Error Messages (REMLOG) |
| events realevent |
| files SYS-UPDATE command, SYSFILES Account |
| name Glossary (Glossary), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| printers Output Devices (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler) |
| privileges CREATE-ACCOUNT, CREATE-ACCOUNT |
| problems Dealing with System Problems |
| Procs Proc Tips (Proc) |
| properties RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| reset parameters SP-ASSIGN - Assigning Print Report Characteristics (Spooler) |
| revision number LIST FEATURES command |
| routines System Routines (RealWeb) |
| System debugger System Debugger |
| enabling SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| entering from DataBasic debugger DE{BUG} command (DataBasic debugger) |
| UNIX access restrictions SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| SYSTEM dictionary Database Structure, Dictionaries, Data Sections and Indexes |
| account definition item Account Definition Item |
| LOGON item Logon Processor |
| SYSTEM file See SYSTEM dictionary |
| System Form Queue Status Action Code 11 Toggle FQ/ sys q's (Spooler) |
| SYSTEM function SYSTEM Function (DataBasic), SYSTEM Function (Proc), SYSTEM and REAL.SYSTEM Functions (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| system messages |
| how to style Font Styles |
| System Print Jobs screen Action Code 15 FQ/System Jobs (Spooler) |
| SYSTEM statement SYSTEM Statement (DataBasic) |
| System.err Debugging (JReal) |
| SYSTEM-ACCOUNTS list item UPDATE-ALL-ACCOUNTS |
| SYSTEM-LOG file Checking for Spooler Errors (Spooler), SYSFILES Account |
| SYS-UPDATE command Upgrading from an Earlier Release (UNIX Installation Guide), Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide), SYS-UPDATE command |
T
| T |
| command T - Top (Screen Editor), T - Top (Editor), Input/Output Buffers (Proc), T command (Proc) |
| conversion code T Code - Text Extraction (English) |
| T command T command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Tab Tab (Screen Editor), CTRL+T - Tab Size (Screen Editor) |
| TAB key Tab (Screen Editor), TAB Key (Editor), TB - Tab (Editor) |
| Tabbing in input mode TAB Key (Editor) |
| Table Glossary (Glossary) |
| alternative view Option 2: Create Alternative View (SQL) |
| changing owner Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| definition See Table definition |
| names Creating a Reality SQL Catalog (SQL) |
| regenerating Option 5: Regenerate Table (SQL) |
| removing Option 7: Remove Table From SQL Environment (SQL) |
| update permissions Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| verifying Option 8: Verify Table(s) (SQL) |
| Table definition |
| alternative view Option 2: Create Alternative View (SQL) |
| amending Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| creating Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| design Table/Column Definition Design (SQL) |
| for file with no data definition Option 1: Create New Table Definitions (SQL) |
| removing Option 7: Remove Table From SQL Environment (SQL) |
| viewing Option 3: View Table Definitions (SQL) |
| TABLE-CHECK command Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| TABLE-LOAD command Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| Tables Tables (RealWeb) |
| body sections RWS_TABLE_BODY (RealWeb) |
| column group RWA_TABLE_COLGROUP (RealWeb) |
| creating RW_MAKE_TABLE (RealWeb), RWS_TABLE (RealWeb), RWA_MAKE_TABLE (RealWeb) |
| data cells RWS_TABLE_DATA (RealWeb) |
| footers RWS_TABLE_FOOT (RealWeb) |
| header cells RWS_TABLE_HEADER (RealWeb) |
| headers RWS_TABLE_HEAD (RealWeb) |
| renaming Option 6: Rename Table (SQL) |
| rows RWS_TABLE_ROW (RealWeb) |
| Tables, captions RWS_TABLE_CAPTION (RealWeb) |
| tabs |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Tabs |
| clearing TB - Tab (Editor) |
| setting TB - Tab (Editor) |
| Tags |
| generating RWS_GENTAG (RealWeb), RW_GENTAG (RealWeb) |
| TAN function TAN Function (DataBasic) |
| Tandem TANDEM (TCL), PEEK (TCL), SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM), ALLOW-TANDEM (TCL) |
| TANDEM command TANDEM (TCL) |
| Tangent function TAN Function (DataBasic) |
| Tape Overview of Tape Operations (Tape), Tape Operation and Commands (Tape) |
| ACCOUNT-SAVE ACCOUNT-SAVE |
| block size FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| channels CLEAR-ASSIGN (Tape), Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| configuration Tape Definitions (Host) |
| contents FILE-SAVE |
| copying T-COPY (Tape) |
| definitions Tape Definitions (Host) |
| density FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler), Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| determining the speed ASSIGN (Tape) |
| device See Tape device |
| dumping files T-DUMP and ST-DUMP (Tape) |
| encrypted drives T-DEVICE (Tape), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| EOF mark writing T-WEOF (Tape) |
| file parity checking CHECK (Tape) |
| FILE-SAVE FILE-SAVE |
| format, Spooler FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| image Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| labels T-ATT (Tape), ASSIGN (Tape), T-RDLBL (Tape), Overview of Tape Operations (Tape), FORM.QUEUES File Maintenance (Spooler) |
| loading of files T-LOAD (Tape) |
| problems Common User Problems and Solutions |
| reading T-READ (Tape), READT Statement (DataBasic) |
| record size Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| remote Overview of Tape Operations (Tape), T-DEVICE (Tape), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| re-queuing print jobs by Spooler SP-TAPEOUT- Transferring Print Jobs from Tape to a Formqueue (Spooler) |
| rewind by a number of records T-BCK (Tape) |
| rewind/unload T-UNLOAD (Tape) |
| rewinding REWIND Statement (DataBasic) |
| rewinding to load point T-REW (Tape) |
| speed T-ATT (Tape) |
| unload T-UNLOAD (Tape) |
| verifying copy T-VERIFY (Tape) |
| winding forward T-FWD (Tape) |
| writing WRITET Statement (DataBasic) |
| writing EOF WEOF Statement (DataBasic) |
| Tape device |
| assigning See Tape device, attaching |
| attaching T-ATT (Tape), ASSIGN (Tape), Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| detaching T-DET (Tape) |
| redefining T-DEVICE (Tape) |
| status T-STATUS (Tape) |
| TAPE devices Output Devices (Spooler), Overview of Printing and the Spooler (Spooler), Introducing the Spooler (Spooler) |
| Tape devices |
| multiple Overview of Tape Operations (Tape) |
| TAPE file modifier File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| Tape image Tape Definitions (Host), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| converting to pseudo-floppy image MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| creating from pseudo-floppy image MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| data compression Overview of Tape Operations (Tape), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| maximum file size Overview of Tape Operations (Tape), Tape Definitions (Host) |
| on Windows network share Tape Definitions (Host) |
| Tape operations Operating Facilities |
| Tape parity checking See T-CHK command |
| Tape unit |
| redefining tape definition T-DEVICE (Tape) |
| TapeDevTypen parameters Tape Definitions (Host) |
| Tapen parameters Tape Definitions (Host) |
| TapeNum parameter Tape Definitions (Host) |
| TAPETODISC command DISCTOTAPE (Tape), TAPETODISC (Tape) |
| TAPETOFLOPPY command MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| T-ATT command T-ATT (Tape) |
| TB command TAB Key (Editor), TB - Tab (Editor) |
| T-BCK command T-BCK (Tape) |
| T-CHK command T-CHK (Tape) |
| TCL Entering and Operating in a Reality Database, Database Management Facilities |
| case sensitivity TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| command types TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| defined Introduction to Reality |
| general user commands listed by category Command Reference (TCL) |
| introduction TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| macros See TCL macros |
| processor TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| quick reference guide (V10.0) Quick Reference Guides (Other Documents) |
| TCL-I commands TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| TCL-II commands TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| TCL access SSM Option 3 - Define Security Profiles (SSM) |
| TCL command processing H command (Proc), P command (Proc) |
| TCL commands |
| chain to CHAIN Statement (DataBasic) |
| executing PERFORM Statement (DataBasic), CHAIN Statement (DataBasic) |
| listed by category TCL Commands Listed by Category |
| results of Getting Data from your Database (RealWeb) |
| TCL item lists Select Registers (PQN) (Proc) |
| TCL macros Glossary (Glossary), TCL Macros (TCL), Database Management Facilities, TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| commands REM Command (TCL), COMMENT Command (TCL), PROMPT Command (TCL), DISPLAY Command (TCL) |
| format Command Definition Items |
| problems with Common User Problems and Solutions |
| TCL menu TCL Macros (TCL) |
| TCL stacker See Recalling TCL commands |
| TCL.LOG file SYSFILES Account |
| TCLDELIMITER environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| TCL-I command Database Management Facilities, TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| definition item Command Definition Items |
| TCL-I verb |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| TCL-II command Database Management Facilities, TCL and General User Commands (TCL) |
| definition item Command Definition Items |
| TCL-II verb |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| TCL-inhibit program Logon Processor |
| TCLREAD statement TCLREAD Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| TCL-SUPP modifier Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| T-COPY command T-COPY (Tape) |
| TCP RealSQLDriver (RealSQL-JDBC), Introduction to the Reality JDBC Driver (RealSQL-JDBC) |
| TCP parameters TCP Parameters (DataBasic) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| host name Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| hosts file PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| port number Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| system name PCSNI (External Components Installation Guide), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| transport software PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| TCP/IP connections ACCEPT Statement (DataBasic) |
| TCP/IP ports Networking (Networking) |
| T-DET command T-DET (Tape) |
| T-DEVICE command T-DEVICE (Tape) |
| TDM Terminals and Printers (Other Documents), See also Terminal definition maintenance |
| T-DUMP command Overview of Save and Restore, T-DUMP and ST-DUMP (Tape) |
| Telnet Glossary (Glossary) |
| daemon PCSNI Overview (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| data format PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| default Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| location-based security Location-Based Security (Windows), Location-based Security (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| problems connecting Common User Problems and Solutions |
| protocol PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), Network Printing Utility (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| selection Destination Hosts (Windows) |
| telnetd PCSNI Overview (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI), PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| TempDir Windows Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| TempDir parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), UNIX Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Temporary directory Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| location Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| preventing being cleared Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| T-ERASE command T-ERASE (Tape) |
| TERM command TERM (TCL) |
| TERM variable Setting Up The Terminal (REMLOG), Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Terminal |
| characteristics TERM (TCL) |
| connections, non-NPS systems Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| control characters General Procedures (TCL) |
| control language See TCL |
| cursor control @ Function (DataBasic) |
| echo NOHUSH (TCL), HUSH (TCL) |
| executive Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| field read FIELDREAD (TCL) |
| input/output IBN command (Proc), O command (Proc), IN command (Proc), IP command (Proc), IBP command (Proc), T command (Proc), PQN Proc Commands (Proc) |
| printing techniques Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| problems Common User Problems and Solutions, Common User Problems and Solutions |
| server Setting-up Network Printing (Networking) |
| setup Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide), Command Reference (TCL) |
| writing to PRINT Statement (DataBasic), OUT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), CRT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Terminal definition maintenance Terminals and Printers (Other Documents) |
| Terminal Independent Process Handler See TIPH |
| Terminal-independent cursor control T command (Proc) |
| TERMINAL-OBJECT file SYSFILES Account |
| Terminals Terminals and Printers (Other Documents) |
| terminfo directory Setting Up The Terminal (REMLOG), Remote Logon to UNIX Environment (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| TERMLIB file SYSFILES Account |
| Terms and abbreviations See Glossary |
| Testing SQL statements The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| Text |
| adding HTML tags to RW_TAG (RealWeb), RWA_TAG_ATTR (RealWeb), RWA_TAG (RealWeb), RWS_TAG (RealWeb) |
| alignment RW_CENTER_ON, RW_CENTRE_ON (RealWeb), RW_CENTER_OFF, RW_CENTRE_OFF (RealWeb), RW_ALIGN (RealWeb) |
| box RWA_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb), RW_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb) |
| centred RW_CENTER_ON, RW_CENTRE_ON (RealWeb), RW_CENTER_OFF, RW_CENTRE_OFF (RealWeb) |
| extraction T Code - Text Extraction (English) |
| field RWA_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb), RW_EDIT_BOX (RealWeb) |
| formatting RW_TAG (RealWeb), RWA_TAG_ATTR (RealWeb), RWA_TAG (RealWeb), RWS_TAG (RealWeb) |
| plain RW_SET_TYPE (RealWeb) |
| pre-formatted RW_FIXED_OFF (RealWeb), RW_FIXED_ON (RealWeb) |
| structure Text Structure (RealWeb) |
| type RW_SET_TYPE (RealWeb) |
| Text fields RWA_TEXT_AREA (RealWeb), RW_TEXT_AREA (RealWeb) |
| Text formatting Text Formatting (RealWeb) |
| Text insertion Text and HTML Insertion (RealWeb) |
| Text messaging See Alerts |
| Text string IBH command (Proc), H command (Proc) |
| output to terminal O command (Proc) |
| Tfile conversion code Tfile Code - Translation (English) |
| examples Tfile Code - Translation (English) |
| T-FWD command T-FWD (Tape), See also SPACE command |
| THE connective Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| THEN clause Using the THEN/ELSE and ON ERROR Clauses (DataBasic) |
| Thousands separator ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |
| Throw page PAGE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Throwaway connectives Throwaway Connectives (English) |
| TIDYPF command TIDYPF command |
| Time & - Time and Date (Screen Editor), Proc Tips (Proc) |
| displaying TIME (TCL) |
| internal format MT Code - Mask Time (English) |
| mask MT Code - Mask Time (English) |
| MT conversion MT Code - Mask Time (English) |
| synchronisation UNIX-Connect Facilities (UNIX-Connect Administration), General Administration Tasks (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| validating Proc Tips (Proc) |
| TIME command TIME (TCL) |
| TIME data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| TIME function TIME Function (DataBasic) |
| TIMEDATE function TIMEDATE Function (DataBasic) |
| Timeout Connection Parameters (RealWeb), RW_SET_TIMEOUT (RealWeb) |
| Alternative Host entry Alternative Host Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| DDA Log Files (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| login Session Manager Options (Windows) |
| page Persistent Connection Options (RealWeb), Login, Timeout and Connection Failed Pages (RealWeb) |
| TIMESTAMP data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| TimeTclLog parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host) |
| TINYINT data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| TIPH Introduction to Reality, Using TIPH (TIPH), Operating Facilities |
| killing PH-KILL (TIPH) |
| port allocation Allocating TIPH Ports (UNIX only) (Host), PH-ALLOCATE (TIPH) |
| port deletion PH-DELETE (TIPH) |
| ports in use PH-LINES (TIPH) |
| starting PH-START (TIPH), PH-MONITOR (TIPH) |
| status information PH-STATUS (TIPH) |
| TIPH ports |
| allocating Allocating TIPH Ports (UNIX only) (Host), PH-ALLOCATE (TIPH) |
| status log SYSFILES Account |
| TL-ERRORS file Types of Log File (Resilience) |
| TLI |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| automating procedures tlmenu Menus and Procedures (Resilience) |
| backup methods Backup Methods used by tlmenu (Resilience) |
| clean log export option Show Logging Status Option (Resilience) |
| clean log naming conventions Naming Convention for Clean Logs (Resilience) |
| configuration options Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| input file tlmenu Menus and Procedures (Resilience) |
| menus and procedures tlmenu Menus and Procedures (Resilience) |
| on multiple databases tlmulti |
| remote administration Remote Administration of a FailSafe Secondary (Resilience) |
| replies to prompts tlmenu Menus and Procedures (Resilience) |
| script files tlmulti |
| tlmenu command The tlmenu Utility (Resilience) |
| tlmenu utility The tlmenu Utility (Resilience) |
| transaction logging status Show Logging Status Option (Resilience) |
| TL-MONITOR file Database Structure (Host environment) |
| T-LOAD command Overview of Save and Restore, T-LOAD (Tape) |
| TL-REJECT log Types of Log File (Resilience), TL-RESTORE (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| disabling clearance Configuration Options (Resilience) |
| TL-RESTORE command TL-RESTORE (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| TL-SET-LOG-STATUS command TL-SET-LOG-STATUS Command (Resilience - Transaction Logging), Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| tmp directory Database Structure (Host environment), Windows Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database), UNIX Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| tmulti tlmulti |
| Toggle formqueue/system queue display Action Code 11 Toggle FQ/ sys q's (Spooler) |
| Toggling FailSafe Swapping Primary and Secondary Databases and Continuing FailSafe (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| Too many connections (message) Common User Problems and Solutions |
| Top T - Top (Screen Editor), Different Ways to Display Lines (Screen Editor) |
| Top of item T - Top (Editor) |
| TR command TR command (Proc), TR - Truncate (Editor) |
| search strings Search Strings (Editor) |
| wildcard character ^ Command (Editor) |
| TRACE command TRACE (Proc) |
| Trace table D command (DataBasic debugger), T command (DataBasic debugger), U command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Traced valiables |
| listing D command (DataBasic debugger) |
| Tracing a Proc from TCL TRACE (Proc) |
| Tracing Proc execution TR command (Proc) |
| TRANS function TRANS Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| TRANSABORT command Transaction Handling (Proc), TRANSABORT command (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| TRANSABORT statement TRANSABORT Statement (DataBasic) |
| Transaction Glossary (Glossary), Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling), See also Transaction handling; Transaction logging |
| aborting TRANSABORT Statement (DataBasic) |
| boundaries Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| committing TRANSEND Statement (DataBasic), TRANSEND command (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| completing TRANSEND Statement (DataBasic) |
| distributed transaction Distributed Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| example Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| overview Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| querying TRANSQUERY Function (DataBasic), TRANSQUERY command (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| rolling back TRANSABORT Statement (DataBasic), TRANSABORT command (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| starting TRANSTART command (Resilience - Transaction Handling), TRANSTART Statement (DataBasic) |
| Transaction handling Glossary (Glossary), Introduction to Reality, Transaction Handling (Proc), Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| configuring Configuring Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| item locks Locking (DataBasic), Execution and Item Locks (DataBasic), Item Locks (Proc) |
| spooler files Transaction Handling/Logging (Spooler) |
| starting Starting Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| stopping Stopping Transaction Handling (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| Transaction logging Glossary (Glossary), Introduction to Reality, Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| logging status of files TL-SET-LOG-STATUS Command (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| overview Resilience Options (Resilience) |
| routine maintenance Routine Maintenance of Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| spooler files Transaction Handling/Logging (Spooler) |
| starting Starting Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| status Show Logging Status Option (Resilience), Show Logging Status Option (Resilience) |
| status monitor configuration Configuring the Transaction Logging Status Monitor (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| status monitor starting Starting the Transaction Logging Status Monitor (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| status monitor stopping Stopping the Transaction Logging Status Monitor (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| stopping Stopping Transaction Logging (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| Transaction processing |
| daemons Reality Software (Host environment) |
| services Reality Software (Host environment) |
| Transactions See also Transaction handling |
| excluding files from File Definition Item |
| list active Listing Active Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Logging) |
| program example Program Example Using Transaction Boundaries (DataBasic) |
| TRANSEND command Transaction Handling (Proc), TRANSEND command (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| TRANSEND statement TRANSEND Statement (DataBasic) |
| Transferring data |
| between different versions of Reality Notes on Save and Restore |
| from other MultiValue systems MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| to other MultiValue systems MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue) |
| Transferring files Transferring Files (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| Transferring to cataloged program ENTER Statement (DataBasic) |
| TRANSLATE |
| parameter Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| TRANSLATE parameter |
| REMLOG Local Mode (REMLOG) |
| Translation |
| character Character Translation (RealWeb) |
| Translation (Tfile code) Tfile Code - Translation (English) |
| Translation table entry changing Action Code 8 Change Translation and SP-TRANSLATE (Spooler) |
| Transport layer |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| Transport provider The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Transport Services Networking (Networking) |
| Transport Services Access Point See TSAP |
| Transport software PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| TRANSQUERY Transaction Handling (Proc) |
| TRANSQUERY command Transaction Handling (Proc), TRANSQUERY command (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| TRANSQUERY function TRANSQUERY Function (DataBasic) |
| TRANSTART command TRANSTART command (Resilience - Transaction Handling), Transaction Handling (Proc) |
| TRANSTART statement TRANSTART Statement (DataBasic) |
| TRAP.EMBEDDED.PROC environment option Environment Settings (SSM), P command (Proc) |
| T-RDLBL command T-RDLBL (Tape) |
| T-READ command T-READ (Tape) |
| T-RETENSION command T-RETENSION (Tape) |
| T-REW command T-REW (Tape) |
| Triggers See File triggers |
| TRIM function TRIM/TRIMB/TRIMF Functions (DataBasic) |
| TRIM.R2M compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| TRIMB function TRIM/TRIMB/TRIMF Functions (DataBasic) |
| TRIMF function TRIM/TRIMB/TRIMF Functions (DataBasic) |
| Troubleshooting Troubleshooting (SQL), Troubleshooting (UNIX Installation Guide), Troubleshooting |
| printing Despoolers (Spooler) |
| Proc TRACE (Proc), TR command (Proc), Common User Problems and Solutions |
| system problems Dealing with System Problems |
| upgrading Upgrading from an Earlier Release (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| web services Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| TRUE.BOOL compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| TRUE.NONNULL compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| TRUNC function TRUNC Function (DataBasic) |
| Truncate line : - Truncate Line (Screen Editor) |
| Truncating |
| sequential file WEOFSEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| Truncating a line TR - Truncate (Editor) |
| Truncation MV command (Proc) |
| T-STACKER command T-STACKER (Tape) |
| T-STATUS command T-STATUS (Tape) |
| T-UNLOAD command T-UNLOAD (Tape) |
| T-VERIFY command T-VERIFY (Tape) |
| T-WEOF command T-WEOF (Tape) |
| Two tier System SQL/ODBC for Reality (SQL) |
| Type 2 listening entry Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| Typeahead General Procedures (TCL) |
| setting SSM Option 1 - Define Network Profiles (SSM) |
| TYPEAHEAD-OFF command TYPEAHEAD-OFF and ON (TCL) |
| TYPEAHEAD-ON command TYPEAHEAD-OFF and ON (TCL) |
| Types of database An Overview of Reality Administration |
| Typing system delimiters Typing System Delimiters (Editor) |
U
| U command U command (Proc), U - Up (Editor), U command (DataBasic debugger), U - Undo (Screen Editor) |
| U conversion code U Code - User Exit (English) |
| U00E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U01A4 ASCII <-> ICL 7-track Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U01A7 overpunch.to/from num Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U2-CHANGE verb U2-CHANGE |
| U2-RBASIC command U2-RBASIC |
| U2-SET command U2-SET |
| U2-VIEW command U2-VIEW |
| U10DD get system serial # Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U10DD user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U10E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U11A4 ICL 1900 bin<->dec Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U11A7 overpunch to/from num Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U019F stop<-->comma<-->space Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U20E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U21A7 overpunch to/from num Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U21AC translate using table Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U30E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U31A4 strip/pad trail. spaces Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U31AC reduce rptd chars to one Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U37C5 Apply Devices File Changes Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U40E0 toggle msg print Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U40E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U41A4 check tape attached Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U41A9 <> to () Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U41AC input and reduce chars Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U44AF number of tape units Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U047F strip/pad lead zeros Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U50BB user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U51AA reversing a string for output Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U60E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U70E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U80E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U90E0 user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U119B straight-through on Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U119F stop <-> comma Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U147F get system time/date Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U0190 Polish string Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U0200 read/write tape block Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U0201 read/write SOD sentinel Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U219A ASCII<->Bull 7 track Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U219B buffer printer output Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U247F get line no. + acc. name Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U307A user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U315E number of ports Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U319A ASCII<->Bull 7 track Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U319B straight-through off Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U319F total multi/sub values Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U407A user exit User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| U419F total attr + values Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U447F disable break key Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U519F <> to/from () Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U547F enable break key Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U647F clear R flag Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U747F set R flag Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U847F get number of items selected Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U919F dec/hex -> binary Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U1201 read/write EOD sentinel Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| U2201 tape block-size Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| UA070 referencing a specified multi-value Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| UC_TLI_CONNECT_TO environment variable Environment Variables for Windows (Host), General Administration Tasks (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| UCASEDATES environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| UCASEDAYS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| UCASEMSGS environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| UCOMPILE command UCOMPILE command (Proc) |
| UIMS Terminals and Printers (Other Documents) |
| Unable to access the config file realevent |
| UNASSIGNED function UNASSIGNED Function (DataBasic) |
| Uncompiling a Proc UCOMPILE command (Proc) |
| Undoing edits X - Undo (Editor), Undo Command (Screen Editor), U - Undo (Screen Editor), XF - Undo all (Editor) |
| Unformat < - Unformat (Screen Editor) |
| Unique column values SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| UNIQUE.COUNT compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| UNIX |
| backup utilities UNIX Back-up and Recovery Utilities (Host) |
| configuration Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| host PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| integration Reality/Host Integration (Host environment), SYS (TCL) |
| pre-requisites Prerequisites (Release Information) |
| printer, associating with Reality formqueue UNIX-Connect Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), Printing to Reality Printers from the Host (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| remote printing Reality/Host Integration (Host environment) |
| security files SYS Security Files (Host) |
| UNIX spooler queue |
| listing Action Code 11 Toggle FQ/ sys q's (Spooler) |
| listing jobs Action Code 15 FQ/System Jobs (Spooler) |
| UNIX-Connect UNIX-Connect System Administration (UNIX-Connect Administration), UNIX-Connect User Guide (UNIX-Connect User Guide) |
| UNLOCK statement UNLOCK Statement (DataBasic) |
| unlockdbase Reality Software (Host environment), unlockdbase (Host administration), Locking and Unlocking a Database (Host) |
| Unlocking |
| database ENABLE-LOGONS command, unlockdbase (Host administration), Locking and Unlocking a Database (Host), Unlocking a FailSafe Database (Resilience - FailSafe) |
| execution locks UNLOCK Statement (DataBasic) |
| Unordered list RW_END_ULIST (RealWeb), RW_END_LIST_ITEM (RealWeb) |
| Unordered lists RWS_ULIST (RealWeb), RW_START_ULIST (RealWeb), RW_MAKE_ULIST (RealWeb), RWA_MAKE_ULIST (RealWeb) |
| UNTIL statement UNTIL Statement (DataBasic) |
| Unused disk space |
| recovering Automatic File Sizing (File and File Index Management) |
| UPCASE function UPCASE Function (DataBasic) |
| Update |
| conversion codes SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| conversions Conversions in an SQL Column Definition (SQL) |
| database system files SYS-UPDATE command |
| lock codes See Retrieval and update lock codes |
| locks See Group, locks |
| permission, toggling Option 4: Amend Table Definitions (SQL) |
| processing SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| rows UPDATE Statement (SQL) |
| system files SYS-UPDATE command |
| UPDATE statement UPDATE Statement (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| UPDATE-ACCOUNT command UPDATE-ACCOUNT |
| UPDATE-ALL-ACCOUNTS command UPDATE-ALL-ACCOUNTS |
| Updates |
| installing Installing Updates (UNIX Installation Guide), Installing Updates (Windows Installation Guide), install_fix (Host administration) |
| removing install_fix (Host administration) |
| UPDATE-SERVICE-LOG command UPDATE-SERVICE-LOG command |
| Updating Shadow database Updating the Shadow Database (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Upgrading |
| client components Reality External Components, Installation Guide |
| remote tape server Remote Tape Server (External Components Installation Guide) |
| Upgrading from an earlier release |
| UNIX Upgrading from an Earlier Release (UNIX Installation Guide) |
| Windows Upgrading from an Earlier Release (Windows Installation Guide) |
| Upper-case letters UPCASE Function (DataBasic) |
| URL RealSQLConnection (RealSQL-JDBC), Constructing a Servlet (JReal), Description of the Example Application (RealSQL-JDBC), Description of the Example Servlet (JReal), Example Servlet Code (JReal) |
| parameters as part of RW_GET_PARAM (RealWeb), RW_SET_PARAM (RealWeb) |
| structure of Passing Data to a RealWeb Subroutine (RealWeb) |
| url |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Use of indexes by English Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| User |
| commands Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| disabling logon SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| DSN Setting-up the SQL/ODBC Software on a PC (SQL) |
| exits See User exits |
| id See User-id |
| licences See Licences |
| log SYSFILES Account |
| logon control program SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM), Logon Processor |
| USER command USER (TCL) |
| USER compatability option Compatibility Switch Matrix (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| User exits Glossary (Glossary) |
| calling U Code - User Exit (English), U command (Proc) |
| conversions Conversions (DataBasic), User Exit Conversions (DataBasic) |
| redefining Redefining User Exits (DataBasic) |
| subroutines as replacements for Embedded Basic Subroutines (DataBasic) |
| substitution items Redefining User Exits (DataBasic) |
| user input |
| how to style Font Styles |
| User profiles Using the SSM Command (SSM), Securing the Database by using SSM and GSSM (SSM) |
| maintaining SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| USERS file SYSMAN Account |
| USER.LOG file SYSFILES Account, Reporting System Usage, CHARGES (TCL) |
| USER-ACCOUNTS list item UPDATE-ALL-ACCOUNTS |
| User-based security User-based Security (SSM), Security, Security |
| choosing SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| examples SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| password integration Password Integration (UNIX only) (Host) |
| setting up recommendations User-Ids (Host) |
| Users |
| logged on WHO (TCL) |
| USERS file Glossary (Glossary), SYSMAN Account |
| maintaining SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| adding a system USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| adding an entry USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| deleting a system USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| deleting an entry USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| displaying an entry USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| verifying USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| USING clause USING Clause (English) |
| in an English macro General Rules for Macros (English) |
V
| V code Sublists - V Code (English) |
| V command V - View (Screen Editor), V command (DataBasic debugger) |
| V/CONV attribute Glossary (Glossary) |
| V/CORR attribute Glossary (Glossary) |
| V/MAX attribute Glossary (Glossary) |
| V/TYP attribute Glossary (Glossary) |
| Validating dates and times Proc Tips (Proc) |
| Value Character-oriented Item, Handling Multivalues and Subvalues (SQL) |
| codes Handling Multivalues and Subvalues (SQL) |
| defined Glossary (Glossary) |
| mark Glossary (Glossary), Character-oriented Item, Typing System Delimiters (Screen Editor), Typing System Delimiters (Editor) |
| sort Sort Criteria (English) |
| strings Item Lists (English) |
| Values |
| missing VERIFY Statement (SQL) |
| sharing between program modules COMMON Statement (DataBasic) |
| Value-selection clause Selection Criteria (English) |
| VARBINARY data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| VARCHAR data type SQL Column and Index Definitions (SQL) |
| Variables Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic) |
| assigning values LET Statement (DataBasic), Assignments (DataBasic) |
| check function UNASSIGNED Function (DataBasic) |
| COMMON Literals, Symbols and Variables (DataBasic) |
| displaying and modifying / command (DataBasic debugger) |
| environment Differences between UNIX and Windows (Host environment) |
| initializing CLEAR Statement (DataBasic) |
| internal storage Internal Storage (DataBasic) |
| listing BREF command (DataBasic) |
| names Program Elements (DataBasic) |
| null The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| setting to null / command (DataBasic debugger) |
| unassigned The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| undefined The Debugger (DataBasic debugger) |
| using symbols instead of EQUATE Statement (DataBasic), $DEFINE Statement (DataBasic) |
| VARTYPE function VARTYPE Function (DataBasic) |
| VARVAL function VARVAL Function (DataBasic) |
| VARVALSET statement VARVALSET Statement (DataBasic) |
| VARVALTYPE function VARVALTYPE Function (DataBasic) |
| Vector Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| VendorEmulation parameter Database Configuration Parameters (Host), SYSTEM Function (DataBasic) |
| Verb file path SSM Option 2 - Define User Profiles (SSM) |
| Verbs See Commands |
| Verify |
| table data VERIFY Statement (SQL) |
| table definition Option 8: Verify Table(s) (SQL) |
| VERIFY statement VERIFY Statement (SQL), SQL Query Optimisation (SQL), The SQL Command and Statements (SQL) |
| VERIFY-IMAGE command VERIFY-IMAGE |
| VERIFY-INDEX command VERIFY-INDEX (TCL) |
| Verifying |
| indexes LIST-INDEXES (TCL), Indexing (File and File Index Management), VERIFY-INDEX (TCL) |
| programs BVERIFY command (DataBasic) |
| ROUTE-FILE Verifying the ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| tables Option 8: Verify Table(s) (SQL) |
| tapes T-VERIFY (Tape), VERIFY-SAVE |
| USERS-FILE USERS-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| VERIFY-SAVE command MultiValue Compatibility (MultiValue), VERIFY-SAVE |
| VERIFY-SYSTEM command VERIFY-SYSTEM command |
| Veritas realdump |
| Vertical spacer RW_VSPACE (RealWeb), RWA_VSPACE (RealWeb) |
| Video effects @ Function (DataBasic), T command (Proc) |
| View V - View (Screen Editor) |
| attribute marks V - View (Screen Editor) |
| ON Entering the Screen Editor: SEDIT Command (Screen Editor) |
| Viewing |
| index Indexing (File and File Index Management) |
| PDF files How to use the Online Documentation |
| table definitions Option 3: View Table Definitions (SQL) |
| Virtual port number PLId to Port Mapping (Host) |
| Visual Studio |
| .NET Microsoft Visual Studio .NET Example (Web Services) |
| 6.0 Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0 Example (Web Services) |
| Visual Basic Remote Basic ActiveX Control (Remote Basic) |
W
| W command W command (DataBasic debugger), W - Window (Editor), W - Window (Screen Editor), L command (DataBasic debugger) |
| WAKE statement WAKE Statement (DataBasic) |
| Web |
| access External Interfaces |
| Reality on the Reality on the Web |
| Web page template |
| HTML from English Writing a Web Page Template (HTML from English) |
| Web pages Introduction to RealWeb (RealWeb) |
| forms Forms (RealWeb) |
| Web server Web Servers |
| Web services |
| calling Calling Reality Web Services (Web Services) |
| configuring Setting up Security for External Access (SSM) |
| creating Creating a Reality Web Service (Web Services), Incoming Web Services |
| examples Outgoing Web Services - Examples, Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0 Example (Web Services), Microsoft Office Example (Web Services), Microsoft Visual Studio .NET Example (Web Services) |
| incoming Reality Web Services and RESTful, Incoming Web Services |
| installing Reality Web Services (External Components Installation Guide) |
| licences Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| prerequisites Reality Web Services (External Components Installation Guide) |
| statistics Web Service Licences (Web Services) |
| Web Services Management Console Web Services Management Console |
| Welcome message Logon Processor |
| WEOF statement WEOF Statement (DataBasic) |
| WEOFSEQ Statement WEOFSEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| WF command WF command (DataBasic debugger) |
| WHAT command WHAT command (TCL) |
| WHERE command WHERE command |
| WHILE statement WHILE Statement (DataBasic), WHILE Statement (SQL) |
| White space RW_VSPACE (RealWeb), RWA_BSPACE (RealWeb), RW_BSPACE (RealWeb), RWA_VSPACE (RealWeb), RWA_HSPACE (RealWeb), RW_HSPACE (RealWeb) |
| WHO command WHO (TCL) |
| WHO.FORMAT environment option Environment Settings (SSM) |
| Wildcard characters ^ Command (Editor), Search Strings (Editor), Item Lists (English) |
| Window W - Window (Screen Editor), Different Ways to Display Lines (Screen Editor) |
| window titles |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Windows Glossary (Glossary) |
| clean log sub-directory Windows Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| enabling incoming connections Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| firewall Set-up after Installation (Windows Installation Guide) |
| integration SYS (TCL) |
| pre-requisites Prerequisites (Release Information) |
| registry Shadow Database Synonym Entries (Resilience - Shadow Database), Routing Information (Networking) |
| remote tape server Realrts (Host administration) |
| Shadow database configuration Windows Disk Configuration (Resilience - Shadow Database) |
| Sockets library PCSNI Overview (PCSNI) |
| WINSNI.INI file PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| WITH connective Selection Criteria (English) |
| WITHIN file modifier File Specifiers and Modifiers (English) |
| WITHOUT connective Selection Criteria (English) |
| wizard titles |
| how to style Font Styles |
| Word |
| back 7 - Word Back (Screen Editor) |
| change case ! ~ ` - Change Case (Screen Editor) |
| deleting Q - Delete Word (Screen Editor) |
| forward 9 - Word Forward (Screen Editor) |
| Word wrap option Entering the Editor: EDIT Command (Editor) |
| Words, reserved SQL Reserved Words (SQL), Program Elements (DataBasic), General Rules for English Sentences (English) |
| WR command Entering the Editor: EDIT Command (Editor) |
| WRITE statement WRITE Statement (DataBasic) |
| WRITE statements WRITE Statements (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| Write timeout |
| default PCSNI Configuration (PCSNI) |
| WRITE-1900 command Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| WRITE-2900 command Other Documents (Other Documents) |
| WRITEBLK Statement WRITEBLK Statement (DataBasic) |
| WRITELIST statement WRITELIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| WRITESEQ Statement WRITESEQ Statement (DataBasic) |
| WRITET statement WRITET Statement (DataBasic) |
| WRITEU statement WRITEU Statement (DataBasic) |
| WRITEV statement File Input and Output (DataBasic), WRITEV Statement (DataBasic) |
| WRITEVU statement WRITEVU Statement (DataBasic) |
| Writing |
| an attribute WRITEVU Statement (DataBasic), WRITEV Statement (DataBasic) |
| EOF WEOF Statement (DataBasic) |
| file buffer F-WRITE command (Proc) |
| items File Input and Output (DataBasic), WRITEVU Statement (DataBasic), WRITEU Statement (DataBasic), WRITEV Statement (DataBasic), WRITE Statement (DataBasic) |
| lists WRITELIST Statement (DataBasic) |
| matrix to disk Dimensioned Arrays (DataBasic) |
| tape WRITET Statement (DataBasic) |
| to terminal PRINT Statement (DataBasic), OUT Statement (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility), CRT Statement (DataBasic) |
| XML query XML Extraction (XML) |
| WS command WS command (DataBasic debugger) |
X
| X command X - Undo (Editor), X command (DataBasic debugger), IF command (Multivalued) (Proc), X command (Proc), X - Exit (Screen Editor), Structure of a Proc (Proc) |
| host name Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), The ROUTE-FILE (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
| X.25 User Interface See XUI |
| XA interface Distributed Transactions (Resilience - Transaction Handling) |
| XDT command XDT (TCL) |
| XF command XF - Undo all (Editor) |
| XLATE function TRANS Function (DataBasic MultiValue Compatibility) |
| XML RW_SET_TYPE (RealWeb), XML Support (XML) |
| extraction XML Extraction Examples (XML), XML Extraction (XML) |
| from DataBasic internal objects %ToXML special method (DataBasic Objects) |
| generation XML Generation (XML), XML Generation Examples (XML) |
| processing options XML Extraction (XML) |
| query XML Extraction (XML) |
| XML documents |
| extracting data from XML Extraction (XML) |
| generating XML Generation (XML) |
| XML.EXTRACT subroutine XML.EXTRACT Subroutine (XML) |
| XML.GENERATE subroutine XML.GENERATE Subroutine (XML) |
| XML.INIT subroutine XML.INIT Subroutine (XML) |
| XML.PARSE subroutine XML.PARSE Subroutine (XML) |
| XML.PARSE.QUERY subroutine XML.PARSE.QUERY Subroutine (XML) |
| XML.QUERY subroutine XML.QUERY Subroutine (XML) |
| XOR-ITEMS command XOR-ITEMS Command (English) |
| XOR-LISTS command XOR-LISTS Command (English) |
| XSELECT command XSELECT Command (English) |
| XT conversion code XT Code - Generate HTML (English) |
| XTB command XTB command (TCL) |
| XTD command XTD command (TCL) |
| XTD function XTD Function (DataBasic) |
| host name Listening Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration), Destination Entries (UNIX-Connect Administration) |
Z
| Z command Z command (DataBasic debugger), Z - Zone (Editor) |
| Zero suppression ML and MR Codes - Mask Decimal with Alignment (English) |